[go: up one dir, main page]

TW200927727A - Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device - Google Patents

Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200927727A
TW200927727A TW097140927A TW97140927A TW200927727A TW 200927727 A TW200927727 A TW 200927727A TW 097140927 A TW097140927 A TW 097140927A TW 97140927 A TW97140927 A TW 97140927A TW 200927727 A TW200927727 A TW 200927727A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
group
compound
crystal alignment
methyl
Prior art date
Application number
TW097140927A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI458708B (en
Inventor
Toshiyuki Akiike
Tsutomu Kumagai
Shoichi Nakata
Original Assignee
Jsr Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Jsr Corp filed Critical Jsr Corp
Publication of TW200927727A publication Critical patent/TW200927727A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI458708B publication Critical patent/TWI458708B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08G77/38Polysiloxanes modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08G77/382Polysiloxanes modified by chemical after-treatment containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen or silicon
    • C08G77/388Polysiloxanes modified by chemical after-treatment containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen or silicon containing nitrogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/36Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D207/402,5-Pyrrolidine-diones
    • C07D207/4042,5-Pyrrolidine-diones with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms directly attached to other ring carbon atoms, e.g. succinimide
    • C07D207/408Radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/412Acyclic radicals containing more than six carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/44Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles
    • C07D209/48Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles with oxygen atoms in positions 1 and 3, e.g. phthalimide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F7/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F7/02Silicon compounds
    • C07F7/08Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages
    • C07F7/0834Compounds having one or more O-Si linkage
    • C07F7/0838Compounds with one or more Si-O-Si sequences

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Silicon Polymers (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a liquid crystal aligning agent containing a radiation-sensitive polyorganosiloxane which is obtained by reacting a compound represented by the formula (1) below with a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. (In the formula (1), R1, R2 and R3 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, provided that when R3 is not a hydrogen atom, at least one of R1 and R2 is a carboxyl group or an organic group having a carboxyl group; and R1 and R2 may combine together to form a ring.)

Description

200927727 九、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜的形成方法及_ 液晶顯示元件。 【先前技術】200927727 IX. Description of the Invention [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent, a method of forming a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element. [Prior Art]

先前技術,已知將具有正的介電各向異性之向列型液 晶,以附有具有液晶配向膜的透明電極之基板製成三明治 結構,必要時液晶分子的長軸於基板間連續地扭轉0〜360° 而成的 TN ( Twisted Nematic )型、STN ( Super Twi sted Nematic)型、IPS ( In Plane Switching)型等之具有液晶 胞(crystal cell)的液晶顯示元件(參考特開昭56-91277 號公報及特開平1 - 1 20528號公報)。 於如此的液晶胞中,爲了使液晶分子相對於基板面配 向在所定的方向,必須於基板表面設置液晶配向膜;此液 0 晶配向膜係通常是藉由將形成於基板表面的有機膜表面以 螺縈等的布材往一方向摩擦之方法(摩擦取向法)而形成 。惟,藉由摩擦取向處理進行液晶配向膜的形成,因爲在 步驟內易發生灰塵或靜電,故會有配向膜表面附著灰麈而 成爲顯示不良發生的原因之問題,特別是具有TFT ( Thin Film Transistor)元件之基板時,亦會有因爲所發生的靜 - 電而引起TFT元件的電路破壞,成爲產率降低的原因之問 題。而且,今後更高精細化的液晶顯示元件,因爲隨著畫 素的高密度化而不可避免地於基板表面產生凹凸,而使均 -5- 200927727 勻地進行摩擦取向處理變難。In the prior art, it is known that a nematic liquid crystal having a positive dielectric anisotropy is formed into a sandwich structure with a substrate having a transparent electrode having a liquid crystal alignment film, and if necessary, the long axis of the liquid crystal molecules is continuously twisted between the substrates. A liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal cell such as a TN (Twisted Nematic) type, an STN (Super Twi sted Nematic) type, or an IPS (In Plane Switching type) formed by 0 to 360° (refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 56- Japanese Patent Publication No. 91277 and Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. In such a liquid crystal cell, in order to align the liquid crystal molecules with respect to the substrate surface in a predetermined direction, a liquid crystal alignment film must be disposed on the surface of the substrate; the liquid crystal alignment film is usually formed by the surface of the organic film formed on the surface of the substrate. It is formed by a method of rubbing a cloth such as a thread in one direction (friction alignment method). However, since the formation of the liquid crystal alignment film is performed by the rubbing alignment treatment, dust or static electricity is likely to occur in the step, so that ash is adhered to the surface of the alignment film, which causes a display failure, and particularly has a TFT (Thin Film). When the substrate of the component is used, there is a problem that the circuit of the TFT element is broken due to the static electricity generated, which causes a decrease in yield. Further, in the liquid crystal display element which is more refined in the future, as the density of the pixel is increased, irregularities are inevitably generated on the surface of the substrate, and it becomes difficult to uniformly perform the rubbing alignment treatment on the -5 - 200927727.

作爲使液晶胞中的液晶進行配向的其他手段,已知藉 由對被形成於基板表面的聚乙烯肉桂酸酯、聚醯亞胺、偶 氮苯衍生物等之感光性薄膜照射偏光或非偏光的放射線, 賦予液晶配向能之光配向法,依據此方法,可在不發生靜 電或灰塵下實現均勻的液晶配向(參考特開平6-287453 號公報 '特開平1 0-25 1 646號公報、特開平11-2815號公 報、特開平1 1 - 1 52475號公報、特開2000- 1 44 1 3 6號公報 、特開2000-319510號公報、特開2000-281724號公報、 特開平9-297313號公報、特開2003-307736號公報、特開 2004- 1 63646號公報及特開2002-250924號公報)。 惟,TN ( Twisted Nematic)型、STN ( Super Twisted Nematic)型等液晶胞中,液晶配向膜必須具有使液晶分 子相對於基板面以所定的角度進行傾斜配向之預傾角特性 ,藉由光配向法形成液晶配向膜時,預傾角特性,通常藉 Q 由往基板面的入射方向從基板法線起傾斜的放射線的照射 而被賦予。 另一方面,作爲與上述不同的液晶顯示元件的動作模 式’已知使具有負的介電各向異性之液晶分子垂直地配向 於基板之垂直(homeotropic)配向模式。此動作模式,於 基板間外加電壓而使液晶分子朝向與基板平行的方向傾斜 時’必須使液晶分子從基板法線方向起朝向基板面內的一 方向傾斜。作爲此手段,例如提議在基板表面設置突起之 方法、於透明電極設置條狀之方法、藉由使用摩擦取向配 -6- 200927727 向膜使液晶分子從基板法線方向起朝向基板面內的一方向 微微傾斜之(使其預傾)方法等。As another means for aligning the liquid crystal in the liquid crystal cell, it is known to irradiate a polarizing film or a non-polarizing light to a photosensitive film such as polyethylene cinnamate, polyiminoimide or azobenzene derivative formed on the surface of the substrate. According to this method, a uniform alignment of the liquid crystal can be achieved without causing static electricity or dust (refer to Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2000-281, No. 2000-281, pp. Japanese Patent Publication No. 297313, JP-A-2003-307736, JP-A-2004-136646, and JP-A-2002-250924. However, in a liquid crystal cell such as a TN (Twisted Nematic) type or a STN (Super Twisted Nematic) type, the liquid crystal alignment film must have a pretilt characteristic for tilting the liquid crystal molecules at a predetermined angle with respect to the substrate surface, by photoalignment method. When the liquid crystal alignment film is formed, the pretilt angle characteristic is usually imparted by irradiation of radiation inclined from the substrate normal to the incident direction of the substrate surface by Q. On the other hand, as an operation mode of a liquid crystal display element different from the above, it is known that a liquid crystal molecule having a negative dielectric anisotropy is vertically aligned to a homeotropic alignment mode of a substrate. In this operation mode, when a voltage is applied between the substrates to tilt the liquid crystal molecules in a direction parallel to the substrate, it is necessary to tilt the liquid crystal molecules from the normal direction of the substrate toward a direction in the plane of the substrate. As such a means, for example, a method of providing a protrusion on a surface of a substrate, a method of providing a strip shape on a transparent electrode, and a method of causing liquid crystal molecules from a normal direction of a substrate toward a surface of a substrate by using a rubbing alignment -6-200927727 The method of slightly tilting the direction (making it pretilt) and the like.

前述光配向法,已知在垂直配向模式的液晶胞中適合 作爲控制液晶分子的傾斜方向之方法,亦即,已知藉由使 用經由光配向法賦予配向規制能及預傾角表現性之垂直配 向膜,可均勻地控制電壓外加時的液晶分子的傾斜方向( 參考特開2003-307736號公報、特開2004-1 63646號公報 、特開2004-83810號公報、特開平9-2 1 1468號公報及特 開 2003-1 1 4437 號公報)。 如上述,經由光配向法所製造的液晶配向膜,可有效 地適用於各種的液晶顯示元件,惟,先前技術的光配向膜 中,會有爲了得到大的預傾角須要大量的放射線照射量之 問題。例如於含有偶氮苯衍生物的薄膜藉由光配向法賦予 液晶配向能時,爲了得到充分的預傾角,必須照射 1 0,0 0 0 J/m2以上之其光軸從基板法線起經傾斜的放射線照 射之報告(參考特開 2002-250924號公報及特開 2004-83810 號公報及 J. of the SID 11/3,2003,p579)。 因此,進行檢討即使少的放射線照射量時亦應對所得 到的液晶配向膜賦予優良的液晶配向能及預傾角表現性, 含有側鏈具有來自肉桂酸之基之聚合物之液晶配向劑(參 考特開平6-287453號公報)。此技術係關於含有使用具 有烷氧基的肉桂酸衍生物而合成的聚合物,但此液晶配向 劑的塗膜在3 65nm以上的長波長區域,例如在可見光區域 亦具有吸收,故除了爲了形成液晶配向膜的光配向步驟以 200927727 外,例如液晶面板製造時的封閉劑的紫外線硬化步驟或甚 至背光亦會引起光反應,而會有面板的液晶配向性或信賴 性發生不佳狀況的問題。The above optical alignment method is known to be suitable as a method of controlling the tilt direction of liquid crystal molecules in a liquid crystal cell of a vertical alignment mode, that is, it is known to impart a vertical alignment with an alignment regulation property and a pretilt angle expression by a photo-alignment method. The film can uniformly control the tilt direction of the liquid crystal molecules when the voltage is applied (refer to Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-307736, JP-A-2004-1 63646, JP-A-2004-83810, and JP-A No. 9-2 1 1468). Bulletin and Special Publication 2003-1 1 4437). As described above, the liquid crystal alignment film produced by the photo-alignment method can be effectively applied to various liquid crystal display elements. However, in the prior art photo-alignment film, a large amount of radiation irradiation is required in order to obtain a large pretilt angle. problem. For example, when a film containing an azobenzene derivative imparts a liquid crystal alignment energy by a photo-alignment method, in order to obtain a sufficient pretilt angle, it is necessary to irradiate an optical axis of 10,0 0 J/m 2 or more from the substrate normal. The report of the oblique radiation irradiation (refer to Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-250924 and JP-A-2004-83810 and J. of the SID 11/3, 2003, p579). Therefore, it is necessary to provide an excellent liquid crystal alignment energy and pretilt angle expression for the obtained liquid crystal alignment film even when the amount of radiation is small, and a liquid crystal alignment agent having a polymer having a side chain derived from cinnamic acid. Kaiping No. 6-287453). This technique relates to a polymer synthesized by using a cinnamic acid derivative having an alkoxy group, but the coating film of the liquid crystal alignment agent has absorption in a long wavelength region of 3 65 nm or more, for example, in a visible light region, so that in order to form The photo-alignment step of the liquid crystal alignment film is not limited to 200927727. For example, the ultraviolet curing step of the blocking agent in the production of the liquid crystal panel or even the backlight may cause a photoreaction, and there may be a problem that the liquid crystal alignment property or the reliability of the panel is not good.

此外,認爲藉由使用取代烷氧基而具有酯基之肉桂酸 衍生物,使吸收光譜位移至短波長側,解決上述的不具合 。惟藉由此技術,則液晶面板製造步驟中後烘烤時引起肉 桂酸衍生物側鏈的熱分解的可能性並非絕對沒有,擔心發 生污染基板或面板製造線之不佳狀況。 如上述,藉由少的放射線照射量的光配向法可形成具 有優良液晶配向能、優異的電特性及高的耐熱性之液晶配 向膜,不會引起後烘烤時的熱分解的問題或因爲面板使用 時的背光而產生光分解的問題之液晶配向劑,目前爲止尙 未爲人所知。 【發明內容】 Q 本發明係鑑於上述事情而完成,其目的係提供保存安 定性優異,在不進行摩擦取向處理下藉由偏光或非偏光的 放射線照射可形成即使少的曝光量亦具有優良的液晶配向 能之液晶配向膜,而且對長波長區域的光不具有吸收之液 晶配向劑;使用該液晶配向劑之電特性及耐熱性優異的液 * 晶配向膜之形成方法;以及顯示特性、信賴性等之諸性能 - 優異的液晶顯示元件。 依據本發明,本發明的上述目的,第1係藉由含有使 下述式(1 ) -8 - 200927727Further, it is considered that the cinnamic acid derivative having an ester group by using a substituted alkoxy group shifts the absorption spectrum to the short-wavelength side, thereby solving the above-mentioned non-conformity. By this technique, the possibility of causing thermal decomposition of the side chain of the cinnamic acid derivative during post-baking in the liquid crystal panel manufacturing step is not absolutely absent, and there is a fear that the substrate or the panel manufacturing line is inferior. As described above, the photo-alignment method with a small amount of radiation irradiation can form a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent liquid crystal alignment energy, excellent electrical characteristics, and high heat resistance, and does not cause a problem of thermal decomposition at the time of post-baking or because A liquid crystal alignment agent which causes a problem of photolysis due to backlighting during use of a panel has not been known so far. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide excellent storage stability, and it is excellent in formation of a small amount of exposure by radiation irradiation by polarized or non-polarized light without performing rubbing alignment treatment. a liquid crystal alignment film which does not absorb light in a long-wavelength region, and a liquid crystal alignment film which is excellent in electrical properties and heat resistance of the liquid crystal alignment agent; and display characteristics and reliability Properties such as sex - excellent liquid crystal display elements. According to the present invention, in the above object of the present invention, the first aspect is obtained by containing the following formula (1) -8 - 200927727

(式(1)中,R^R2及R3各自獨立地爲氫原子或1價的 有機基,惟R3非氫原子時,R1及R2中的至少一方爲羧基 或具有羧基的有機基,R1與R2可互相地鍵結形成環。) 所表示的化合物,與 由具有下述式(S-1 )(In the formula (1), R^R2 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and when R3 is not a hydrogen atom, at least one of R1 and R2 is a carboxyl group or an organic group having a carboxyl group, and R1 is R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.) The compound represented, and having the following formula (S-1)

--Si-〇-- Y1 J (S-ι) (式(S-i)中,X1爲具有環氧基的1價的有機基;Y1爲 〇 羥基、碳數1〜10的烷氧基、碳數1〜20的烷基或碳數 6〜20的芳基。) 所表示的重複單元之聚有機矽氧烷、其水解物及水解物的 縮合物所成的群所選出的至少1種 反應而得到的敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷之液晶配向劑而達 成。 ' 本發明的上述目的,第2係藉由 於基板上塗佈上述的液晶配向劑形成塗膜,對該塗膜照射 放射線之液晶配向膜的形成方法而達成。 -9- 200927727 本發明的上述目的,第3係藉由 具備由上述的液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜之液晶顯示 元件而達成。 [實施發明之最佳形態] 本發明的液晶配向劑,係含有使上述式(1 )所表示 的化合物(以下,稱爲「肉桂酸衍生物(1)」),與 0 由具有上述式(S-ι)所表示的重複單元之聚有機矽氧烷 、其水解物及水解物的縮合物所成的群所選出的至少1種 (以下,稱爲「具有環氧基之聚有機矽氧烷」) 反應而得到的敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷。 <肉桂酸衍生物(1 ) > 本發明所使用的肉桂酸衍生物(1),爲上述式(1) 所表示的化合物。上述式(1)中R1及R2,此等未互相地 Q 鍵結時,各自爲氫原子、或者可被氧原子、硫原子或2價 的基-NR-(惟R爲氫原子或碳數1〜2 0的烷基)中斷之碳 數1~40的脂肪族基或碳數3〜40的脂環式基較佳,此等的 脂肪族基或脂環式基可被氟原子取代。上述式(1)中, R3非氫原子時,R1及R2的至少一方爲羧基、或脂肪族基 ' 或脂環式基的氫原子中的一部分(較佳爲1個)被羧基取 • 代之有機基。 上述式(1 )中,R1與R2可互相地鍵結形成環時之環 ,例如可爲碳數3〜8的單環、碳數4〜40的縮合環、碳數 -10- 200927727 4〜40的交聯環或碳數5〜40的交聯縮合: 的合計碳數,較佳爲6〜40。R3非氫原 有錢基之單環、縮合環、交聯環或交聯 . 環、交聯環或交聯縮合環時,爲脂環較 時’可爲脂環與脂環的縮合環或脂環與 此環爲脂環與芳香環的縮合環時,與醯 環爲脂環較佳。 0 上述式(1)中R3,較佳爲氫原子-Si-〇-- Y1 J (S-ι) (In the formula (Si), X1 is a monovalent organic group having an epoxy group; Y1 is a fluorenylhydroxy group, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, carbon An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.) At least one reaction selected from the group consisting of a polyorganosiloxane of a repeating unit, a hydrolyzate thereof, and a condensate of a hydrolyzate It is achieved by obtaining a liquid crystal alignment agent of a sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane. The above object of the present invention is achieved by a method of forming a coating film by applying the above-described liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate, and irradiating the coating film with a radiation-aligned liquid crystal alignment film. -9-200927727 The above object of the present invention is achieved by the liquid crystal display device comprising the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the above liquid crystal alignment agent. [Best Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains the compound represented by the above formula (1) (hereinafter referred to as "cinnamic acid derivative (1)"), and 0 has the above formula ( At least one selected from the group consisting of a polyorganosiloxane of a repeating unit represented by S-I), a hydrolyzate thereof, and a condensate of a hydrolyzate (hereinafter, referred to as "polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group" Alkane") a sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane obtained by the reaction. <Cinnamic acid derivative (1) > The cinnamic acid derivative (1) used in the present invention is a compound represented by the above formula (1). In the above formula (1), R1 and R2, each of which is not bonded to each other by Q, are each a hydrogen atom or may be an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a divalent group -NR- (only R is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number) The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an aliphatic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms or an alicyclic group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, and these aliphatic groups or alicyclic groups may be substituted by fluorine atoms. In the above formula (1), when R3 is not a hydrogen atom, at least one of R1 and R2 is a carboxyl group, or a part of a hydrogen atom of an aliphatic group or an alicyclic group (preferably one) is substituted by a carboxyl group. Organic base. In the above formula (1), a ring in which R1 and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, for example, may be a monocyclic ring having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a condensed ring having 4 to 40 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of -10 to 200927727 4~ The crosslinked ring of 40 or the crosslinked condensation of carbon number 5 to 40: the total carbon number is preferably 6 to 40. R3 is a monocyclic ring, a condensed ring, a crosslinked ring or a crosslinked link of a hydrogen group. When a ring, a crosslinked ring or a crosslinked condensed ring is used, the alicyclic ring may be a condensed ring of an alicyclic ring and an alicyclic ring or When the alicyclic ring and the ring are a condensed ring of an alicyclic ring and an aromatic ring, it is preferred that the anthracene ring is an alicyclic ring. 0 R3 in the above formula (1) is preferably a hydrogen atom

CbH2b+1、-(CH2)e-CdF2d + 1 (惟,a 爲卜 4〜20的整數,c爲0^8的整數,d爲 甾烯基或膽留烷基。 肉桂酸衍生物(1),較佳爲下述另 蓑,此時,R1與R2 子時,上述環爲具 縮合環;此環爲單 佳;此環爲縮合環 方香環的縮合環; 亞胺環縮合一方的 -(CH2)a-C00H ' -ίο的整數,b爲 1~1 8的整數)、膽 ,(2 )CbH2b+1, -(CH2)e-CdF2d + 1 (except that a is an integer of 4 to 20, c is an integer of 0^8, and d is a nonenyl or a cholesteryl group. The ring is preferably a condensed ring; the ring is a single ring; the ring is a condensed ring of a condensed ring aroma ring; the imine ring condenses one - ( CH2) a-C00H '- an integer of -ίο, b is an integer from 1 to 18), biliary, (2)

(式(2)中,R4及R5各自獨立地爲氫 基’惟R4及R5中的至少一方爲具有可 數1〜20的烷基或可被氟原子取代的碳婁 之基,R4與R5可互相地鍵結形成環。) 所表示的化合物或下述式(3) 原子或1價的有機 被氟原子取代的碳 之3〜40的脂環式基 -11 - 200927727(In the formula (2), R4 and R5 are each independently a hydrogen group', and at least one of R4 and R5 is a group having a number of 1 to 20 alkyl groups or a carbon group which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, R4 and R5 It may be bonded to each other to form a ring.) The compound represented by the formula or the following formula (3) atom or a monovalent organic group substituted with a fluorine atom is a 3 to 40 alicyclic group of the carbon-11 - 200927727

(式(3)中,r6爲單鍵或2價的有機基,R7爲氫原子或 1價的有機基,R6與R7可互相地鍵結而形成環;R8爲可 被氟原子取代的碳數1〜20的烷基或可被氟原子取代的碳 0 數3〜40的脂環式基。) 所表示的化合物。 作爲上述式(2 )所表示的較佳化合物,R4與R5未互 相地鍵結者,可列舉例如下述式(2-1 )所表示的化合物 等; R4與R5互相地鍵結而形成單環者,可列舉例如下述 式(2-2)及(2-3 )之各自所表示的化合物等; R4與R5互相地鍵結而形成縮合環者,可列舉例如下 〇 述式(2-4)所表示的化合物等; R4與R5互相地鍵結而形成交聯環者,可列舉例如下 述式(2-5)〜(2-10)所表示的化合物等。 -12- 200927727(In the formula (3), r6 is a single bond or a divalent organic group, R7 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R6 and R7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring; and R8 is a carbon which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. A compound represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 or an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 40 which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. The preferred compound represented by the above formula (2), wherein R4 and R5 are not bonded to each other, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (2-1); and R4 and R5 are bonded to each other to form a single Examples of the ring compound include a compound represented by the following formulas (2-2) and (2-3); and R4 and R5 are bonded to each other to form a condensed ring, and examples thereof include the following formula (2). -4) The compound represented by the formula (2-5) to (2-10), and the compound represented by the following formula (2-5) - (2-10), and the R5 and R5 are mutually bonded to each other to form a cross-linking ring. -12- 200927727

CH=CH—COOH (2-1)CH=CH—COOH (2-1)

-13- 200927727 R15--13- 200927727 R15-

R15- oR15- o

R15- 〇R15- 〇

CH=CH-COOH (2-8)CH=CH-COOH (2-8)

CH=CH-COOH 0 (上 子取 的脂 coo <2-9) 式中,R9、R11、R13及R15各自獨立地爲可被氟原 的碳數1〜20的烷基或可被氟原子取代的碳數3〜40 環式基;R101爲單鍵、氧原子、硫原子或2價的基-、-OCO-或-NR-(惟,R爲氫原子或碳數1〜20的烷 -14- 200927727 基);R12 爲 2 價的基-COO-、-OCO-、-COS-、-SCO-、-CONR-或-NRCO-(惟,R爲氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基) ;R14爲單鍵、氧原子或2價的基_〇-CH2-、-CH2-0-、-. COO -或-OCO- ; R16爲單鍵、氧原子、硫原子或2價的基-COO-、-OCO-、-COS-或-SCO- 〇 ) 上述式(2-1 )中’作爲R9,以碳數4~20的直鏈的烷 基爲佳;作爲R1(),以單鍵、氧原子或硫原子較佳。 〇 上述式(2-2)中,作爲R11,各自爲可被氟原子取代 的直鏈之碳數4~20的烷基、膽甾烯基、膽甾烷基、金剛 烷基、4-戊基環己基或4-丁基環己基爲佳;作爲Ri2,以 2價的基-COO-或-OCO-較佳。 上述式(2-3 )中’作爲R13 ’以可被氟原子取代的碳 數4〜20的直鏈的烷基、膽甾烯基、膽甾烷基、金剛烷基 ' 4_戊基環己基或4-丁基環己基較佳。 上述式(2-4 )〜(2-9 )中’作爲R15,以各自爲可被 ^ 氣取代的碳數4~20的直鏈的烷基爲佳;作爲,以單鍵 較佳。 作爲上述式(2)所表示的化合物之較佳的具體例子 上述式(2 - 1 )所表示的化合物,可列舉例如下述式(2 · . Kl)〜(H-S)之各自所表示的化合物等; 上述式(2-2 )所表示的化合物,可列舉例如下述式 (2-2-1)所表示的化合物等。 200927727CH=CH-COOH 0 (the fat taken by the upper sub-coo < 2-9) wherein R9, R11, R13 and R15 are each independently an alkyl group which may be 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be a fluorine atom or may be fluorine The atom-substituted carbon number is 3 to 40 ring groups; R101 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a divalent group-, -OCO- or -NR- (only, R is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 20) Alkyl-14- 200927727 base; R12 is a 2-valent group -COO-, -OCO-, -COS-, -SCO-, -CONR- or -NRCO- (only, R is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1-20) Alkyl); R14 is a single bond, an oxygen atom or a divalent group _〇-CH2-, -CH2-0-, -. COO- or -OCO-; R16 is a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or 2 The valence group -COO-, -OCO-, -COS- or -SCO- 〇) In the above formula (2-1), 'as R9, a linear alkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred; as R1 ( It is preferred to use a single bond, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. In the above formula (2-2), each of R11 is a linear alkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a cholesteryl group, a cholesteryl group, an adamantyl group or a 4-pentyl group which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. Preferably, a cyclohexyl group or a 4-butylcyclohexyl group; and as Ri2, a divalent group -COO- or -OCO- is preferred. In the above formula (2-3), 'as R13', a linear alkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, a cholesteryl group, a cholesteryl group, an adamantyl group of 4-pentyl ring Hexyl or 4-butylcyclohexyl is preferred. In the above formulae (2-4) to (2-9), as R15, a linear alkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a gas is preferable, and a single bond is preferred. Preferred examples of the compound represented by the above formula (2): the compound represented by the above formula (2-1), for example, a compound represented by each of the following formulas (2·.K1) to (HS) The compound represented by the above formula (2-2), for example, a compound represented by the following formula (2-2-1). 200927727

CH=CH 一 COOH (2-1-2)CH=CH a COOH (2-1-2)

(上述式中’ R9及R11各自爲與上述式(2U)或(2_2) 中同義。) 上述式(2)所表不的化合物’可藉由有機化學的定 法合成。 例如上述式(2 -1 )所表示的化合物,可藉由例如使 具有基R9-R1G-之琥珀酸酐的衍生物與4_胺基肉桂酸於乙 酸中迴流之方法、或於甲苯或二甲苯中在硫酸、三乙胺等 之適當的觸媒的存在下迴流之方法而合成。或由4_碘苯胺 與馬來酸酐用與上述同樣的方法合成4_碘苯基馬來酸酐縮 亞胺後,可藉由Michael加成導入基R9_RlQ_,再藉由 -16- 200927727(In the above formula, each of 'R9 and R11 is synonymous with the above formula (2U) or (2_2).) The compound 'expressed by the above formula (2)' can be synthesized by an organic chemical method. For example, the compound represented by the above formula (2-1) can be, for example, a method of refluxing a derivative of a succinic anhydride having a group of R9-R1G- with a 4-aminocinnamic acid in acetic acid, or a toluene or xylene It is synthesized by refluxing in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as sulfuric acid or triethylamine. Alternatively, 4-iodophenylamine and maleic anhydride can be synthesized by the same method as described above, and then the radical R9_RlQ_ can be introduced by Michael addition, and then by -16-200927727

Heck反應而得到上述式(2-1 )所表示的化合物。The compound represented by the above formula (2-1) is obtained by Heck reaction.

上述式(2 - 2 )所表示的化合物中,例如2價的基R 1 2 爲'OCO-(惟’附有「*」的鍵結鍵爲與R11鍵結)化合 物,例如可使氫化偏苯三酸酐藉由氯化亞硫醯而成爲酸氯 化物,接著將使其與化合物rH-oh,例如在三乙胺等之 適當的鹼存在下反應形成酯鍵而得到的生成物,藉由再與 4-胺基肉桂酸反應而得到。此時,經酯化的化合物與4-胺 基肉桂酸的反應,可採用與上述的式(2-1)所表示的化 合物時同樣的條件。 上述式(2-3 )所表示的化合物,例如可將使用N-亞 硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽及氫醌作爲觸媒,加熱馬來酸酐與苯 乙烯衍生物使其反應所得到的化合物與4-胺基肉桂酸,藉 由與上述式(2-1)所表示的化合物的合成中同樣的方法 使其反應而得到。 上述式(2-4)所表示的化合物中,例如R16爲單鍵的 〇 化合物’例如可將5位上具有基R15-之5位取代環戊二烯 與馬來酸酐藉由Diels-Alder反應加成後,使此加成物與 4-胺基肉桂酸藉由與上述式(2-1 )所表示的化合物的合成 中同樣的方法反應而得到。其中,5位上具有基R15 -之5 位取代環戊二烯,可使相對於環戊二烯基陰離子而言爲過 剩量的化合物R15-X(惟,X爲鹵素原子)以_20~30°C反 " 應,而優先地得到。 上述式(2-5 )所表示的化合物中,例如R16爲單鍵之 化合物’除了取代5位取代環戊二烯,而使用丨位上具有 -17- 200927727 基R15-之1位取代環戊二烯之外,可藉由與上述式(2·3 )所表示的化合物的合成中同樣的方法合成。其中,1位 上具有基R15-之1位取代環戊二烯,可使相對於環戊二烯 基陰離子1當量而言爲0.8〜1.2當量的化合物R15-X(惟 ,X爲_素原子)以-78~20°C反應,而優先地得到。 作爲上述式(3)所表示的較佳化合物,R6與R7未互 相地鍵結者,可列舉例如下述式(3 -1 )所表示的化合物In the compound represented by the above formula (2-2), for example, a divalent group R 1 2 is a compound of 'OCO- (only a bond with "*" is bonded to R11), for example, hydrogenated trimellitic anhydride a product obtained by reacting sulfite with ruthenium chloride to form an acid chloride, and then reacting it with a compound rH-oh, for example, in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine to form an ester bond, by recombining with 4 - Amino cinnamic acid is obtained by reaction. In this case, the reaction of the esterified compound with 4-aminocinnamic acid can be carried out under the same conditions as those of the compound represented by the above formula (2-1). The compound represented by the above formula (2-3), for example, a compound obtained by heating maleic anhydride and a styrene derivative by using N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt and hydroquinone as a catalyst It is obtained by reacting 4-amino cinnamic acid in the same manner as in the synthesis of the compound represented by the above formula (2-1). Among the compounds represented by the above formula (2-4), for example, a ruthenium compound in which R16 is a single bond can be reacted, for example, by a Diels-Alder reaction at a 5-position substituted cyclopentadiene having a radical R15- at the 5-position with maleic anhydride. After the addition, the adduct is reacted with 4-aminocinnamic acid by the same method as in the synthesis of the compound represented by the above formula (2-1). Wherein the 5-position has a radical R15-substituted 5-cyclopentadiene, and an excess amount of the compound R15-X (except that X is a halogen atom) relative to the cyclopentadienyl anion is _20~ 30 ° C anti-quot; should, and get priority. In the compound represented by the above formula (2-5), for example, the compound in which R16 is a single bond', in addition to the substitution of the 5-substituted cyclopentadiene, is substituted with a pentyl group having a -17-200927727-based R15- In addition to the diene, it can be synthesized by the same method as in the synthesis of the compound represented by the above formula (2.3). Wherein the 1-position substituted cyclopentadiene at the 1-position of the group R15- can be used in an amount of 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound R15-X with respect to 1 equivalent of the cyclopentadienyl anion (only, X is a _ atom ) is reacted at -78 to 20 ° C and is preferably obtained. In the preferred compound represented by the above formula (3), R6 and R7 are not bonded to each other, and examples thereof include a compound represented by the following formula (3-1).

R6與R7互相地鍵結而形成單環者,可列舉例如下述 式(3-2)所表示的化合物等; R6與R7互相地鍵結而形成縮合環者,可列例舉如下 述式(3-3 )所表示的化合物等。 HOCO—R17—R18 0 ❹R6 and R7 are bonded to each other to form a single ring, and examples thereof include a compound represented by the following formula (3-2); and R6 and R7 are bonded to each other to form a condensed ring, and may be exemplified by the following formula: (3-3) The compound or the like represented. HOCO—R17—R18 0 ❹

COOHCOOH

CH=CH-COOR8 0-3) -18- 200927727 (上述式中,R8與上述式(3)中同義;R17爲伸甲基或碳 數2〜10的伸烷基;R18爲氧原子、硫原子或2價的基_ COO-、-OCO-或-NR-(惟,R爲氫原子或碳數1〜2 0的烷 基))。 作爲上述式(3)所表示的化合物更具體的例子,上 述式(3-2 )所表示的化合物,可列舉例如下述式(3-2-1 )所表示的化合物等。CH=CH-COOR8 0-3) -18- 200927727 (In the above formula, R8 is synonymous with the above formula (3); R17 is a methyl group or a C 2~10 alkyl group; R18 is an oxygen atom, sulfur Atom or a divalent group - COO-, -OCO- or -NR- (except that R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20). A more specific example of the compound represented by the above formula (3), the compound represented by the above formula (3-2), for example, a compound represented by the following formula (3-2-1).

〇 (上述式中,R8各自爲與上述式(3-2)中同義;a爲 1〜10的整數。) 上述式(3 - 1 )中,例如基R18爲硫原子之化合物,例 如可將 4-碘苯基馬來酸酐縮亞胺 Michael加成化合物 HOOC-R17-SH後,藉由使生成物與化合物CH2 = CH-COOR8 藉由Heck反應加成而合成。 上述式(3-2)所表示的化合物中,(3_2-1)所表示 的化合物,例如可使4 -硝基肉桂酸,在碳酸鉀的存在下與 相當於R1之具有烷基的鹵化烷基反應而成爲酯,將其硝 基藉由例如氯化錫還原而成爲胺基,得到4-胺基肉桂酸酯 後,藉由將其生成物與1,2,4-三羧基環己基環己烷酐反應 而得到。後者的反應,可藉由例如使原料化合物在乙酸中 迴流之方法或在三乙胺等之適當的鹼觸媒的存在下於甲苯 200927727 或二甲苯中迴流之方法進行。 而且’上述式(3-3 )所表示的化合物,例如可令便 • 用N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽及氫醌作爲觸媒,加熱馬來 • 酸酐與4-乙烯基苯甲酸使其反應所得到的化合物,與用上 述式(3-2-1)所表示的化合物的合成中同樣的方法所調製 的4-胺基肉桂酸酯,藉由與上述式(2 —丨)同樣的方法使 其反應而得到。 〇 <具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷> 本發明所使用之具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,係由具 有上述式(S-1)所表示的重複單元之聚有機矽氧烷、其 水解物及水解物的縮合物所成的群所選出的至少1種。 作爲上述的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷中之X1,以 下述式(X1-!)或(X^2 )〇 (In the above formula, each of R8 has the same meaning as in the above formula (3-2); a is an integer of 1 to 10.) In the above formula (3 - 1), for example, a compound wherein the group R18 is a sulfur atom, for example, The 4-iodophenylmaleic anhydride imide amine Michael addition compound HOOC-R17-SH is synthesized by addition of a product to the compound CH2 = CH-COOR8 by Heck reaction. In the compound represented by the above formula (3-2), the compound represented by (3_2-1) may, for example, be 4-nitrocinnamic acid in the presence of potassium carbonate and an alkyl halide having an alkyl group corresponding to R1. The base reacts to form an ester, and the nitro group is reduced to, for example, tin chloride to form an amine group, thereby obtaining a 4-aminocinnamate, and the product is formed by a 1,2,4-tricarboxycyclohexyl ring. It is obtained by reacting hexane anhydride. The latter reaction can be carried out, for example, by refluxing the starting compound in acetic acid or by refluxing in toluene 200927727 or xylene in the presence of a suitable base catalyst such as triethylamine. Further, the compound represented by the above formula (3-3), for example, can be used to heat maleic anhydride and 4-vinylbenzoic acid with N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt and hydroquinone as a catalyst. The 4-aminocinnamate prepared by the same method as the synthesis of the compound represented by the above formula (3-2-1) by the compound obtained by the reaction, by the above formula (2 - 丨) The same method is obtained by reacting it. 〇<Polyorganooxane having an epoxy group> The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group used in the present invention is a polyorganoquinone having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (S-1) At least one selected from the group consisting of oxane, a hydrolyzate thereof, and a condensate of a hydrolyzate. X1 in the above polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group is represented by the following formula (X1-!) or (X^2)

所表示的基較佳。 作爲Y之碳數1~10的院氧基,可列舉例如甲氧基、 乙氧基等;作爲碳數1〜20的烷基,可列舉例如甲基、乙 -20- ΟThe indicated base is preferred. Examples of the oxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms of Y include a methoxy group and an ethoxy group; and examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include methyl group and ethyl group -20- fluorene.

200927727 基、η-丙基、η-丁基、η-戊基、η-己基、 、η -壬基、η -癸基、η -十一院基、η -十二 基、η-十四烷基、η-十五烷基、η-十六侯 、η-十八烷基、η-十九烷基、η-二十烷 6〜20的芳基,可列舉例如苯基等。 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,經由凝 GPC )所測量的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平ί 100,000 爲佳,1,000〜1 0,000 較佳,1,000 如此的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷, 環氧基的矽烷化合物、或具有環氧基的形 矽烷化合物的混合物,較佳爲在適當的有 媒的存在下藉由水解或水解•縮合而合成 作爲上述具有環氧基的矽烷化合物, 氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧 矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基 基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基 基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基二甲基乙氧3 環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(3 乙基三乙氧基矽烷等。 作爲上述其他矽烷化合物,可列舉例 甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四-η-丙氧 氧基砂院、四- η-丁氧基矽院、四-sec -丁 矽烷、三甲氧基矽烷、三乙氧基矽烷、三 三-i-丙氧基矽烷、三-η-丁氧基矽烷、三 η-庚基、η-辛基 .烷基、η-十三烷 丨基、η-十七院基 基等;作爲碳數 ί膠滲透色譜法( 与分子量爲500~ 〜5,0 0 0更佳。 較佳係可使具有 f烷化合物與其他 •機溶劑、水及觸 〇 可列舉例如3-環 基丙基三乙氧基 ^烷、3-環氧丙氧 丙基二甲基甲氧 g 矽烷、2- ( 3,4-,4-環氧環己基) 1如四氯矽烷、四 基矽烷、四-i-丙 氧基矽烷、三氯 -η-丙氧基矽烷、 -sec-丁氧基矽烷 -21 - 200927727200927727 base, η-propyl, η-butyl, η-pentyl, η-hexyl, η-fluorenyl, η-fluorenyl, η- eleven-yard, η-dodecyl, η-fourteen Examples of the aryl group of the alkyl group, the η-pentadecyl group, the η-hexadecene group, the η-octadecyl group, the η-nonadecyl group, and the η-eicosane 6 to 20 include a phenyl group and the like. The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, preferably having a polystyrene-converted weight of 100,000 as measured by coagulation GPC), preferably 1,000 to 1,000,000, 1,000 such a polyorganoquinone having an epoxy group a mixture of an oxane, an epoxy group-containing decane compound, or an epoxy group-containing decane compound, preferably synthesized as a decane having an epoxy group by hydrolysis or hydrolysis/condensation in the presence of a suitable vehicle. Compound, oxypropoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane, 3-ring Oxypropoxy decane, 3-glycidoxy propyl dimethyl ethoxy 3 epoxy cyclohexyl) ethyl trimethoxy decane, 2-(3 ethyl triethoxy decane, etc. as the other Examples of the decane compound include methoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, tetra-n-propoxy oxalate, tetra-n-butoxy fluorene, tetra-sec-butane, trimethoxy decane, Triethoxy decane, tris-i-propoxy decane, tri-n-butoxydecane, tri-n-heptyl, η-octyl.alkyl, Η-tridecanefluorenyl, η-seventeenth base, etc.; as a carbon number gel permeation chromatography (with a molecular weight of 500~ 〜5,0 0 is better. It is preferred to have an f-alkyl compound and Other solvent, water and contact agents may, for example, be 3-cyclopropyltriethoxyoctane, 3-glycidoxypropyldimethylmethoxyg-decane, 2-(3,4-,4) -Epoxycyclohexyl) 1 such as tetrachlorodecane, tetradecane, tetra-i-propoxydecane, trichloro-η-propoxydecane, -sec-butoxydecane-21 - 200927727

、氟三氯矽烷、氟三甲氧基矽烷、氟三乙氧基矽烷、氟 三-η-丙氧基矽烷、氟三-i-丙氧基矽烷、氟三-η-丁氧基矽 烷、氟三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、甲基三氯矽烷、甲基三甲氧基 矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、甲基 三-i-丙氧基矽烷、甲基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、甲基三-sec-丁 氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三氯矽烷、2-(三氟甲基 )乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷 、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基) 乙基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三-η-丁氧基矽 烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三- sec-丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-己基)乙基三氯矽烷、2-(全氟-η-己基)乙基三甲氧基矽 烷、2-(全氟- η-己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-己基)乙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-己基)乙基三- 1- 丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-己基)乙基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、 2- (全氟-η-己基)乙基三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基三氯矽烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基三甲氧基矽 烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基三- 1- 丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、 2- (全氟-η-辛基)乙基三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三氯 矽烷、羥基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、羥基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、 羥基甲基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、 羥基甲基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三- sec-丁氧基矽烷 、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三氯矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯 -22- 200927727 醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三 乙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三-n-丙氧基矽烷 - 、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基 , )丙烯醯氧基丙基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧 基丙基三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三氯矽烷、3-锍基 丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巯基丙 基三-n-丙氧基矽烷' 3-锍基丙基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、3-巯基 0 丙基三-η-丁氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、锍 基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、锍基甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三 氯矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙 烯基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、乙烯基 三-η-丁氧基矽烷、乙烯基三- sec-丁氧基矽烷、烯丙基三 氯矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、烯 丙基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、烯丙基 三-η-丁氧基矽烷、烯丙基三- sec-丁氧基矽烷、苯基三氯 Q 矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三-n-丙氧基矽烷、苯基三-i-丙氧基矽烷、苯基三-η-丁氧基矽 烷、苯基三- sec-丁氧基矽烷、甲基二氯矽烷、甲基二甲氧 基矽烷、甲基二乙氧基矽烷、甲基二-η-丙氧基矽烷、甲基 ' 二-i-丙氧基矽烷、甲基二-η-丁氧基矽烷、甲基二-sec-丁 ' 氧基矽烷、二甲基二氯矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲 • 基二乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二-η-丙氧基矽烷、二甲基二-i-丙氧基矽烷、二甲基二-η-丁氧基矽烷、二甲基二- sec-丁 氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基]二氯矽烷、 -23- 200927727, fluorotrichlorodecane, fluorotrimethoxydecane, fluorotriethoxydecane, fluorotri-n-propoxydecane, fluorotri-i-propoxydecane, fluorotri-n-butoxydecane, fluorine Tris-sec-butoxydecane, methyltrichlorodecane, methyltrimethoxydecane, methyltriethoxydecane, methyltri-n-propoxydecane, methyltri-i-propoxy Decane, methyltri-n-butoxydecane, methyltris-sec-butoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltrichlorodecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltrimethoxy Baseline, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltri-n-propoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltri- I-propoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltri-n-butoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltris-butoxybutane, 2-(perfluoro -η-hexyl)ethyltrichlorodecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-(all Fluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltri-n-propoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltri-1-propoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyl Three-n- Oxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-hexyl)ethyltris-sec-butoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyltrichlorodecane, 2-(perfluoro-η- Octyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyltri-n-propoxydecane , 2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyltri-1-propoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyltri-n-butoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro -η-octyl)ethyltris-sec-butoxydecane, hydroxymethyltrichlorodecane, hydroxymethyltrimethoxydecane, hydroxyethyltrimethoxydecane, hydroxymethyltri-n-propoxy Decane, hydroxymethyltri-i-propoxydecane, hydroxymethyltri-n-butoxydecane, hydroxymethyltris-butoxybutane, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyl Trichlorodecane, 3-(methyl)propene-22- 200927727 methoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propene醯oxypropyl tri-n-propoxydecane-, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyltri-i-propoxydecane, 3-(methyl,)propenyloxypropyl Tri-n-butoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyltris-sec-butoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrichlorodecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane , 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltri-n-propoxydecane ' 3-mercaptopropyltri-i-propoxydecane, 3-mercapto 0 propyl tri-- Η-butoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltris-sec-butoxydecane, mercaptomethyltrimethoxydecane, mercaptomethyltriethoxydecane, vinyltrichlorodecane, vinyl trimethyl Oxydecane, vinyl triethoxydecane, vinyl tri-n-propoxydecane, vinyl tri-i-propoxydecane, vinyl tri-n-butoxydecane, vinyl tri-sec -butoxydecane, allyltrichloromethane, allyltrimethoxydecane,allyltriethoxydecane,allyltri-n-propoxydecane,allyltri-i-propyl Oxydecane, allyl tri-n-butoxydecane, allyl tri-sec-butoxydecane, phenyl trichloro Q decane, phenyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane, Phenyl tri-n-propoxydecane, phenyl tri-i-propoxydecane, benzene Tri-n-butoxydecane, phenyl tri-sec-butoxydecane, methyldichlorodecane, methyldimethoxydecane, methyldiethoxydecane,methyldi-n-propoxy Base decane, methyl 'di-i-propoxy decane, methyl di-η-butoxy decane, methyl di-sec-butyl oxy decane, dimethyl dichloro decane, dimethyl dimethyl Oxydecane, dimethyldiethoxydecane, dimethyldi-n-propoxydecane, dimethyldi-i-propoxydecane, dimethyldi-n-butoxydecane, Dimethyldi-sec-butoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyl]dichlorodecane, -23- 200927727

(甲基)[2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基]二甲氧基矽烷、(甲基 )[2-(全氟-η-辛基)乙基]二乙氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-( 全氟-η-辛基)乙基]二-η-丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全 氟-η-辛基)乙基]二-i-丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟-n-辛基)乙基]二-η-丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2_ (全氟-η-辛 基)乙基]二- sec-丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基) 二氯矽烷、(甲基)(3 -锍基丙基)二甲氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(3-毓基丙基)二乙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-毓基丙 基)二-η-丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二-i-丙氧 基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二-η-丁氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(3-巯基丙基)二-sec-丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯 基)二氯矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二甲氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(乙烯基)二乙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二-n-丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二-i-丙氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(乙烯基)二-η-丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基) 二- sec-丁氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二氯矽烷、二乙烯基二甲氧 基矽烷、二乙烯基二乙氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二-η-丙氧基矽 烷、二乙烯基二-i-丙氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二-η-丁氧基矽 烷、二乙烯基二- sec-丁氧基矽烷、二苯基二氯矽烷、二苯 基二甲氧基矽烷、二苯基二乙氧基矽烷、二苯基二-η·丙氧 基矽烷、二苯基二-i-丙氧基矽烷、二苯基二_η_ 丁氧基矽 院、一苯基二-sec-丁氧基砂院、氯二甲基砂院、甲氧基二 甲基矽烷、乙氧基二甲基矽烷、氯三甲基矽烷、溴三甲基 矽烷、碘三甲基矽烷、甲氧基三甲基矽烷、乙氧基三甲基 -24- 200927727 矽烷、η-丙氧基三甲基矽烷、i-丙氧基三甲基矽烷、η•丁 氧基三甲基矽烷、sec-丁氧基三甲基矽烷、t-丁氧基三甲 基矽烷、(氯)(乙烯基)二甲基矽烷、(甲氧基)(乙 烯基)二甲基矽烷、(乙氧基)(乙烯基)二甲基矽烷、 (氯)(甲基)二苯基矽烷、(甲氧基)(甲基)二苯基 矽烷、(乙氧基)(甲基)二苯基矽烷等之具有1個矽原 子之矽烷化合物之外, Ο(methyl)[2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyl]dimethoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyl]diethoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyl]di-η-propoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-η-octyl)ethyl]di-i -propoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]di-η-butoxydecane, (methyl)[2_(perfluoro-η-octyl) Bis-sec-butoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)dichlorodecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)dimethoxydecane, (methyl) ( 3-mercaptopropyl)diethoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-η-propoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-i- Propoxy decane, (meth)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-η-butoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-sec-butoxydecane, (methyl) (vinyl) dichlorodecane, (methyl) (vinyl) dimethoxy decane, (methyl) (vinyl) diethoxy decane, (methyl) (vinyl) di-n-propoxy Baseline, (meth) (vinyl) Di-i-propoxydecane, (meth)(vinyl)di-η-butoxydecane, (meth)(vinyl)bis-sec-butoxydecane, divinyldichlorodecane, Divinyldimethoxydecane, divinyldiethoxydecane, divinyldi-n-propoxydecane, divinyldi-i-propoxydecane, divinyldi-n-butyl Oxydecane, divinyldi-sec-butoxydecane, diphenyldichlorodecane, diphenyldimethoxydecane, diphenyldiethoxydecane, diphenyldi-n-propoxy Pyridin, diphenyldi-i-propoxydecane, diphenylbis-n-butoxy fluorene, monophenyldi-sec-butoxylate, chlorodimethyl sand, methoxy Dimethyl decane, ethoxy dimethyl decane, chlorotrimethyl decane, bromotrimethyl decane, iodine trimethyl decane, methoxy trimethyl decane, ethoxy trimethyl-24- 200927727 decane , η-propoxy trimethyl decane, i-propoxy trimethyl decane, η • butoxy trimethyl decane, sec-butoxy trimethyl decane, t-butoxy trimethyl decane (chloro)(vinyl) dimethyl Alkane, (methoxy) (vinyl) dimethyl decane, (ethoxy) (vinyl) dimethyl decane, (chloro) (methyl) diphenyl decane, (methoxy) (methyl) a decane compound having one ruthenium atom such as diphenyl decane or (ethoxy) (methyl) diphenyl decane, Ο

以商品名而言,例如〖〇-89、〖(:-893、又-21-3153、又-21-5841 、 X-21-5842 、 X-21-5843 、 X-21-5844 、 X-21-5845 、 X-21-5846 ' X-2 1 -5847、X-2 1 -5848、X-22-1 60AS、X-22-1 70B、X-22-1 70BX、X-22-1 70D、X-22-1 70DX、X-22-176B、X-22-1 76D、X-22- 1 76DX、X-22-176F、X-40-2308 、X-40-2651 、 X-40-2655A 、 X-40-2671 、 X-40-2672 、 X-40-9220 ' X-40-9225 、 X-40-9227 ' X-40-9246 、 X-40-9247 、X-40-9250 、 X-40-9323 、 X-41-1053 、 X-41-1056 ' X-41-1 805、X-4 卜 1810、KF600 1、KF6002、KF6003、KR212、 KR-213、KR-217、KR220L、KR242A、KR271 、KR282、 KR300 、 KR311 、 KR401N 、 KR500 、 KR510 、 KR5206 、 KR5230 ' KR5235 ' KR9218、KR97 06 (以上,信越化學工 業(股)製);Glass Resin (昭和電工(股)製); SH804 、 SH805 、 SH806A 、 SH840 、 SR2400 、 SR2402 、 SR2405 、 SR2406 、 SR2410 、 SR2411 、 SR2416 、 SR2420 ( 以上,東麗•道康寧(股)製);FZ371 1、FZ3722 (以上 ,日本 UN ICAR (股)製);DMS-S12、DMS-S15、DMS- -25- 200927727 S21、DMS-S27、DMS-S31、DMS-S32、DMS-S33、DMS-S35、 DMS-S38、DMS-S42、 DMS-S45、DMS-S51 、DMS-In terms of trade names, for example, 〇-89, 〖(:-893, again -21-3153, again -21-5841, X-21-5842, X-21-5843, X-21-5844, X- 21-5845, X-21-5846 'X-2 1 -5847, X-2 1 -5848, X-22-1 60AS, X-22-1 70B, X-22-1 70BX, X-22-1 70D, X-22-1 70DX, X-22-176B, X-22-1 76D, X-22- 1 76DX, X-22-176F, X-40-2308, X-40-2651, X-40 -2655A, X-40-2671, X-40-2672, X-40-9220 'X-40-9225, X-40-9227 ' X-40-9246, X-40-9247, X-40-9250 , X-40-9323, X-41-1053, X-41-1056 'X-41-1 805, X-4 Bu 1810, KF600 1, KF6002, KF6003, KR212, KR-213, KR-217, KR220L , KR242A, KR271, KR282, KR300, KR311, KR401N, KR500, KR510, KR5206, KR5230 'KR5235' KR9218, KR97 06 (above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); Glass Resin (Showa Electric Co., Ltd.); SH804, SH805, SH806A, SH840, SR2400, SR2402, SR2405, SR2406, SR2410, SR2411, SR2416, SR2420 (above, Toray Dow Corning (share) system); FZ371 1, FZ3722 (above, day UN ICAR (share) system; DMS-S12, DMS-S15, DMS--25- 200927727 S21, DMS-S27, DMS-S31, DMS-S32, DMS-S33, DMS-S35, DMS-S38, DMS- S42, DMS-S45, DMS-S51, DMS-

227、PSD-0332、PDS-1615、PDS-9931、XMS-5025 (以上 ,Chisso (股)製);甲基矽酸酯 MS51、甲基矽酸酯 MS56 (以上,三菱化學(股)製):乙基矽酸酯28、乙 基矽酸酯40、乙基矽酸酯48(以上,COLCOAT (股)製 );GR100、GR650、GR908、GR950 (以上,昭和電工( 股)製)等之部分縮合物。 此等的其他矽烷化合物中,以四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧 基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(甲 基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧 基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙 氧基矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、 苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巯基丙基三甲 氧基矽烷、3-巯基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、锍基甲基三甲氧基 矽烷、锍基甲基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷或二 甲基二乙氧基矽烷較佳。 本發明所使用之具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,其環氧 當量爲100〜10,000g/莫耳較佳,150〜l,000g/莫耳爲更佳。 故,當合成具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時,將具有環氧基 的矽烷化合物與其他矽烷化合物的使用比例,設定在所得 到的聚有機矽氧烷環氧當量調整在上述的範圍較佳。 作爲當合成具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時可使用的有 機溶劑,可列舉例如烴、酮、酯、醚、醇等。 -26- 200927727 作爲上述烴,可列舉例如甲苯、二甲苯等; 作爲上述酮,可列舉例如甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮 、甲基η-戊基嗣、二乙基酮、環己酮等; 作爲上述酯,可列舉例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸η-丁酯、乙 酸i-戊酯、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、3 -甲氧基丁基乙酸酯 、乳酸乙酯等;227, PSD-0332, PDS-1615, PDS-9931, XMS-5025 (above, Chisso (manufactured by the company)); methyl phthalate MS51, methyl phthalate MS56 (above, Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.) : ethyl phthalate 28, ethyl phthalate 40, ethyl phthalate 48 (above, COLCOAT (manufactured by COLCOAT); GR100, GR650, GR908, GR950 (above, Showa Denko (manufactured by the company)) Partial condensate. Among these other decane compounds, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl trimethoxy Base decane, 3-(meth) propylene methoxy propyl triethoxy decane, vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, allyl trimethoxy decane, allyl triethoxy Baseline, phenyltrimethoxydecane, phenyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxydecane, mercaptomethyltrimethoxydecane, fluorenyl Methyltriethoxydecane, dimethyldimethoxydecane or dimethyldiethoxydecane is preferred. The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group used in the present invention has an epoxy equivalent of 100 to 10,000 g/mol, more preferably 150 to 1,000 g/mole. Therefore, when synthesizing a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, the ratio of use of the decane compound having an epoxy group to other decane compounds is set in the above-mentioned range in which the epoxy equivalent of the obtained polyorganosiloxane is adjusted. Preferably. The organic solvent which can be used when synthesizing the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group is, for example, a hydrocarbon, a ketone, an ester, an ether, an alcohol or the like. -26-200927727 Examples of the hydrocarbon include toluene and xylene; and examples of the ketone include methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl η-pentyl hydrazine, diethyl ketone, and a ring. Examples of the ester include ethyl acetate, η-butyl acetate, i-amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, and ethyl lactate. Wait;

作爲上述醚,可列舉例如乙二醇二甲基醚、乙二醇二 乙基醚、四氫呋喃、二噁烷等; 作爲上述醇,可列舉例如1-己醇、4-甲基-2-戊醇、 乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單-n-丙基醚、 乙二醇單-η-丁基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙基醚、 丙二醇單-η-丙基醚等。此等的中以非水溶性者較佳。 此等的有機溶劑,可單獨使用或可混合2種以上使用 有機溶劑的使用量,相對於全矽烷化合物1 00重量份 〇 ,較佳爲10〜10,000重量份,更佳爲50~1,000重量份。 製造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時水的使用量,相對 於全矽烷化合物,較佳爲0.5~100倍莫耳,更佳爲1〜30 倍莫耳。 作爲上述觸媒,可使用例如酸、鹼金屬化合物、有機 鹼、鈦化合物、锆化合物等。 ' 作爲上述鹼金屬化合物,可列舉例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧 化鉀、甲醇鈉、甲醇鉀、乙醇鈉、乙醇鉀等。 作爲上述有機鹼,可列舉例如乙基胺、二乙基胺、哌 -27- 200927727 嗪、哌啶、吡咯烷、吡咯之1〜2級有機胺; 如三乙胺、三-η-丙基胺、三-η-丁基胺、吡啶、4-二 * 甲胺基吡啶、二氮雜雙環十一碳烯之3級的有機胺; , 如氫氧化四甲基銨之4級的有機胺等。此等的有機鹼 中’以如三乙胺、三-η-丙基胺、三-η-丁基胺、吡啶、4_ 二甲胺基吡啶之3級的有機胺;如氫氧化四甲基銨之4級 的有機胺較佳。 0 作爲製造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時的觸媒,以鹼 金屬化合物或有機鹼較佳。藉由使用鹼金屬化合物或有機 鹼作爲觸媒,因爲不會產生環氧基之開環等之副反應,可 以高水解·縮合速度得到目的之聚有機矽氧烷,生產安定 性變優異而較佳。此外,含有使用鹼金屬化合物或有機鹼 作爲觸媒所合成的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與肉桂酸衍 生物(1 )的反應物之本發明的液晶配向劑,因爲保存安 定性極優,故較適用。其理由係如Chemical Reviews、95 Q 卷、P1 409 ( 1 995年)所指,推測或許是因爲於水解、縮 合反應中使用鹼金屬化合物或有機鹼作爲觸媒,則無規結 構、梯子型結構或籠子型結構被形成,可得到矽烷醇基的 含有比例少之聚有機矽氧烷。推測這是因爲烷醇基的含有 ' 比例少,矽烷醇基彼此的縮合反應受到抑制,而且本發明 的液晶配向劑爲含有後述的其他聚合物者時,因爲矽烷醇 基與其他聚合物的縮合反應受到抑制,結果保存安定性變 優異。 作爲觸媒,特別是以機鹼較佳。有機鹼的使用量,依 -28- 200927727 有機鹼的種類、溫度等之反應條件等而不同,應適當地設 定,但例如相對於全矽烷化合物而言較佳爲0.01 ~3倍莫 耳,更佳爲〇.〇5~1倍莫耳。 .. 製造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時的水解或水解•縮 合反應,係將具有環氧基的矽烷化合物與必要時的其他矽 烷化合物溶解於有機溶劑,將此溶液與有機鹼及水混合, 例如藉由油浴等進行加熱而實施較佳。 0 水解•縮合反應時,希望加熱溫度較佳爲1 3 0°C以下 ,更佳爲4 0〜1 0 0 °C,較佳爲加熱0.5〜1 2小時,更佳爲加 熱1~8小時。加熱中,可攪拌混合液,亦可在迴流下放置 〇 反應結束後,將從反應液分取出的有機溶劑層用水洗 淨較佳。此洗淨時,藉由以含有少量鹽的水,例如用 〇.2 重量%程度的硝酸銨水溶液等洗淨,由洗淨操作變容易之 觀點而言較佳。洗淨係進行至洗淨後的水層變成中性爲止 Q ,然後將有機溶劑層,必要時用無水硫酸鈣、分子篩等之 適當的乾燥劑進行乾燥後,藉由去除溶劑,可得到目的之 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷。 本發明中,可使用市售品作爲具有環氧基的聚有機矽 ' 氧烷,作爲如此的市售品,可列舉例如 DMS-E01、DMS-E12、DMS-E21、EMS-32(以上,Chisso (股)製)等。 <敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷> 本發明所使用的敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷,可藉由將 -29- 200927727 如上述的具有環氧基的聚有機砂氧院與肉桂酸衍生物(I ),較佳爲在觸媒的存在下反應而合成。此處之肉桂酸衍 • 生物(1) ’相對於聚有機矽氧烷所具有的環氧基1莫耳 .. 而言較佳爲使用0.001~1.5莫耳,更佳爲〇.〇1〜1莫耳,再 更佳爲0.05〜0.9莫耳。 作爲上述觸媒’作爲促進有機鹼、或環氧化合物與酸 酐的反應之所謂的硬化促進劑,可使用習知的化合物。 0 作爲上述有機鹼,可列舉例如乙基胺、二乙基胺、哌 曝、哌啶、吡咯烷、吡咯之1〜2級有機胺; 如三乙胺、三-η-丙基胺、三-n_丁基胺、吡啶、4_二 甲胺基吡啶、二氮雜雙環十一碳烯之3級的有機胺; 如氫氧化四甲基銨之4級的有機胺等。此等的有機鹼 中’以如三乙胺、三-η·丙基胺、三-n_丁基胺、吡啶、4_ 二甲胺基吡啶之3級的有機胺;如氫氧化四甲基銨之4級 的有機胺較佳。 〇 作爲上述硬化促進劑,可列舉例如苄基二甲胺、 2,4,6 -參(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚、環己基二甲胺、三乙醇 胺之3級胺; 如2-甲基咪唑、2_n_庚基咪唑、2_n_+ 一烷基咪唑、 2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基_4_甲基咪唑、卜苄基-2_甲基咪唑、^ 节基-2-苯基咪唑、1,2_二甲基咪唑、2_乙基-4_甲基咪唑、 '1- ( 2-氰基乙基)_2_甲基咪唑、1- ( 2-氰基乙基)-2-n-十 —院基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)_2_苯基咪唑、氰基 乙基)-2-乙基-4 -甲基咪唑、2_苯基_4_甲基_5_羥基甲基咪 -30- 200927727Examples of the ether include ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and dioxane. Examples of the alcohol include 1-hexanol and 4-methyl-2-pentane. Alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-η-butyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl Ether, propylene glycol mono-η-propyl ether, and the like. Among these, those which are not water-soluble are preferred. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds of organic solvents, preferably from 10 to 10,000 parts by weight, more preferably from 50 to 1,000 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total decane compound. Parts by weight. The amount of water used in the production of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group is preferably from 0.5 to 100 moles, more preferably from 1 to 30 moles per mole of the total decane compound. As the catalyst, for example, an acid, an alkali metal compound, an organic base, a titanium compound, a zirconium compound or the like can be used. The above-mentioned alkali metal compound may, for example, be sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, potassium methoxide, sodium ethoxide or potassium ethoxide. The organic base may, for example, be an amine of 1 to 2 such as ethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine-27-200927727, piperidine, pyrrolidine or pyrrole; for example, triethylamine or tri-n-propyl An amine, a tri-n-butylamine, a pyridine, a 4-di-methylaminopyridine, a diazabicycloundecene, an organic amine, a metal amine such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide Wait. In such an organic base, an organic amine such as triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, pyridine or 4-dimethylaminopyridine; The ammonium 4-grade organic amine is preferred. As the catalyst for producing a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, an alkali metal compound or an organic base is preferred. By using an alkali metal compound or an organic base as a catalyst, since the side reaction such as ring opening of an epoxy group does not occur, the desired polyorganosiloxane can be obtained at a high hydrolysis/condensation rate, and the production stability is excellent. good. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention containing a reaction product of an epoxy group-containing polyorganosiloxane and an cinnamic acid derivative (1) synthesized using an alkali metal compound or an organic base as a catalyst, because of the preservation stability Excellent, so it is more suitable. The reason is as indicated by Chemical Reviews, 95 Q, P1 409 (1995), and it is speculated that it is because of the use of an alkali metal compound or an organic base as a catalyst in hydrolysis or condensation reaction, and the random structure and ladder structure. Alternatively, a cage-type structure is formed to obtain a polyorganosiloxane having a small content of a stanol group. It is presumed that this is because the content of the alkanol group is small, and the condensation reaction between the stanol groups is suppressed. When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains other polymers described later, the condensation of the stanol group with other polymers is considered. When the reaction is suppressed, the storage stability is excellent. As the catalyst, it is particularly preferred to use a base. The amount of the organic base to be used varies depending on the type of the organic base, the reaction conditions, and the like, and should be appropriately set. However, for example, it is preferably 0.01 to 3 times by mole relative to the total decane compound. Jia Wei. 〇 5~1 times Mo. The hydrolysis or hydrolysis/condensation reaction in the production of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group is carried out by dissolving a decane compound having an epoxy group and other decane compounds as necessary in an organic solvent, and the solution and the organic base and The water mixing is preferably carried out, for example, by heating in an oil bath or the like. 0 In the hydrolysis/condensation reaction, the heating temperature is preferably preferably 130 ° C or less, more preferably 40 0 to 100 ° C, preferably 0.5 to 12 hours, more preferably 1 to 8 hours. . While heating, the mixture may be stirred or placed under reflux. After the reaction is completed, the organic solvent layer taken out from the reaction liquid is preferably washed with water. In the case of the washing, it is preferred to wash the water by a water containing a small amount of salt, for example, an aqueous solution of ammonium nitrate of about 2% by weight. After the washing is performed until the water layer after washing becomes neutral, Q, and then the organic solvent layer is dried with an appropriate desiccant such as anhydrous calcium sulfate or molecular sieve, and then the solvent is removed to obtain the object. A polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. In the present invention, a commercially available product can be used as the polyorganoanthracene having an epoxy group. Examples of such commercially available products include DMS-E01, DMS-E12, DMS-E21, and EMS-32 (above, Chisso (share) system, etc. <Sensitizing Radiation Linear Polyorganooxane> The radiation sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane used in the present invention can be obtained by using -29-200927727 as described above for the polyorganic oxide chamber having an epoxy group and cinnamic acid. The derivative (I) is preferably synthesized by reacting in the presence of a catalyst. Here, the cinnamic acid derivative (1) 'is preferably used in an amount of 0.001 to 1.5 mol, more preferably 〇.〇1~, relative to the polyoxyalkylene oxide having an epoxy group of 1 mol. 1 mole, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.9 moles. As the above-mentioned catalyst, as a so-called hardening accelerator for promoting the reaction of an organic base or an epoxy compound with an acid anhydride, a conventional compound can be used. 0 as the above organic base, for example, ethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, pyrrole 1 to 2 organic amine; such as triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, three An organic amine of -n_butylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, diazabicycloundecene, or an organic amine such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide. In such an organic base, an organic amine such as triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, pyridine or 4-dimethylaminopyridine; such as tetramethyl hydroxide; The ammonium 4-grade organic amine is preferred. 〇 As the hardening accelerator, for example, benzyl dimethylamine, 2,4,6-gin(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, cyclohexyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, a tertiary amine; Imidazole, 2_n-heptyl imidazole, 2_n_+ monoalkylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, benzyl-2-methylimidazole, benzyl-2-phenylimidazole 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, '1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-methylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2 -n-decaine-imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenylimidazole, cyanoethyl)-2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylene-4-a Base_5_hydroxymethylimene-30- 200927727

唑、2-苯基-4,5-二(羥基甲基)咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基-4,5-二[(2’-氰基乙氧基)甲基]咪唑、1-(2-氰基 乙基)-2-η-十一烷基咪唑鎗偏苯三酸酯、1-(2-氰基乙基 )-2-苯基咪唑鑰偏苯三酸酯、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑鑰偏苯三酸酯、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-甲基咪唑基-(1’)]乙基-3-三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-(2’-11-十一烷基咪唑 基)乙基-s-三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-乙基-4’-甲基咪唑基-(1’)]乙基-s-三嗪、2-甲基咪唑的三聚異氰酸加成物、2-苯基咪唑的三聚異氰酸加成物、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-甲基咪 唑基_(1’)]乙基-s-三嗪的三聚異氰酸加成物之咪唑化合 物;如二苯基膦、三苯基膦、亜磷酸三苯基之有機磷化合 物; 如苄基三苯基鐵氯化物、四-η-丁基鱗溴化物、甲基三 苯基鳞溴化物、乙基三苯基銹溴化物、η-丁基三苯基鱗溴 化物、四苯基鐵溴化物、乙基三苯基鐵碘化物、乙基三苯 〇 基錢乙酸酯、四-η -丁基錢-二乙基二硫代磷酸酯、四_ η-丁基鳞苯並三唑酯(benzotriazolate)、四-η-丁基鐃四 氟硼酸酯、四-η-丁基鐄四苯基硼酸酯、四苯基鱗四苯基硼 酸酯之4級鱗鹽; 如1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]十一碳烯_7或其有機酸鹽之 二氮雜雙環鏈烯; 如辛酸鋅、辛酸錫、鋁乙醯丙酮錯合物之有機金屬化 合物; 如四乙基銨溴化物、四-η_ 丁基銨溴化物、四乙基銨氯 31 - 200927727 化物、四- η-丁基銨氯化物之4級銨鹽; 如三氟化硼、硼酸三苯醋之硼化合物; 如氯化鋅、氯化錫之金屬鹵化合物; 二氰二醯胺或胺與環氧樹脂的加成物等之胺加成型促 進劑等之高融點分散型潛在性硬化促進劑;Oxazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-di(hydroxymethyl)imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenyl-4,5-bis[(2'-cyanoethoxy) )methylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-η-undecylimidazole, trimellitate, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenylimidazole Trimellitic acid ester, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole key trimellitate, 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-methyl Imidazolyl-(1')]ethyl-3-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-(2'-11-undecylimidazolyl)ethyl-s-triazine, 2,4 - a trimeric isocyanate adduct of diamino-6-[2'-ethyl-4'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]ethyl-s-triazine or 2-methylimidazole, Trimeric isocyanate adduct of 2-phenylimidazole, trimerization of 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]ethyl-s-triazine An imidazole compound of a cyanic acid adduct; an organophosphorus compound such as diphenylphosphine, triphenylphosphine or triphenylphosphonium phosphate; such as benzyltriphenyl iron chloride, tetra-n-butyl bromide, Methyl triphenyl sulphate bromide, ethyl triphenyl rust bromide, η-butyl triphenyl sulphate bromide, tetraphenyl iron bromide, ethyl triphenyl iron , ethyltriphenylhydrazine-hydroxyacetate, tetra-n-butyl-diethyldithiophosphate, tetra-n-butyl benzotriazolate, tetra-η- a quaternary phosphonium salt of butyl phosphonium tetrafluoroborate, tetra-n-butyl phosphonium tetraphenyl borate, tetraphenyl platinic tetraphenyl borate; such as 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4 .0] an undecylene olefin of eleven carbon-7 or an organic acid salt thereof; an organometallic compound such as zinc octoate, tin octylate, and aluminum acetonitrile complex; such as tetraethylammonium bromide, four - η butyl ammonium bromide, tetraethyl ammonium chloride 31 - 200927727 compound, tetra-ammonium salt of tetra-n-butyl ammonium chloride; boron compound such as boron trifluoride or triphenyl vinegar; a high melting point dispersion type latent hardening accelerator such as a metal halide compound of zinc or tin chloride; an amine addition forming accelerator such as dicyandiamide or an adduct of an amine and an epoxy resin;

Ο 將前述咪唑化合物、有機磷化合物或4級鱗鹽等之硬 化促進劑的表面用聚合物被覆之微膠囊型潛在性硬化促進 劑; 胺鹽型潛在性硬化劑促進劑; 路易士酸鹽、布朗斯台德酸鹽等之高溫解離型的熱陽 離子聚合型潛在性硬化促進劑等之潛在性硬化促進劑等。 此等之中,較佳爲如四乙基銨溴化物、四-η-丁基銨溴 化物、四乙基銨氯化物、四-η-丁基銨氯化物之4級銨鹽。 觸媒,係相對於具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷1〇〇重量 份而言,較佳爲以100重量份以下,更佳爲以0.01〜100 重量份,再更佳爲以0.1 ~2〇重量份之量使用。 反應溫度,較佳爲0~200°C,更佳爲50~150°c ;反應 時間,較佳爲0.1~50小時,更佳爲0.5〜20小時。 敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷的合成反應,必要時可在有 機溶劑的存在下進行。該相關的作爲有機溶劑,可列舉例 如烴化合物、醚化合物、醋化合物、酮化合物、醯胺化合 物、醇化合物等,此等之中,醚化合物、酯化合物、酮化 合物由原料及生成物的溶解性以及生成物的純化的容易度 的觀點而言較佳。溶劑係固形分濃度(反應溶液中的溶劑 -32- 200927727 以外的成分的合計重量佔溶液的全重量之比例),較佳爲 以成爲0 · 1重量%以上,更佳爲以成爲5〜5 0重量%之量使 用。 本發明的敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷係於具有環氧基的 聚有機矽氧烷中藉由環氧的開環加成導入肉桂酸衍生物( 1)所衍生的結構,此製造方法由簡便且可提高肉桂酸衍 生物所衍生的結構的導入率之觀點而言,爲極適合的方法 〇 再者’當本發明的敏輻射線性有機聚矽氧烷的合成時 ’在無損於本發明的效果的範圍內,使上述肉桂酸衍生物 的一部分被下述式(4) R19-R20_Z ( 4 ) (式(4)中,R19爲碳數4〜2 0的烷基或烷氧基或者含有 〇 脂環式基之碳數3~40的1價的有機基,惟前述烷基或烷 氧基的氫原子的一部分或全部可被氟原子取代;R2G爲單 鍵或伸苯基,惟R19爲烷氧基時,r2()爲由伸苯基,Z爲羧 基、羥基、-SH、-NCO、-NHR (惟,R爲氫原子或碳數 1~6的烷基)、-CH = CH2及-S02C1所成的群所選出的至少 1種的基。) ' 所表示的化合物取代後使用亦可。此時,敏輻射線性 聚有機矽氧烷的合成,可藉由使具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧 烷、與肉桂酸衍生物及上述式(4)所表示的化合物的混 -33- 200927727 合物反應而進行。 上述式(4)中,作爲R19,爲碳數8〜2 0的烷基或烷 氧基或者碳數4〜2 1的氟烷基或氟烷氧基較佳;作爲R2Q, 以單鍵或1,4-伸苯基較佳;作爲Z,以羧基較佳。 作爲上述式(4 )所表示的化合物的具體例子,可列 舉例如下述式(4-1 )〜(4-4 )微 A microcapsule latent curing accelerator coated with a polymer of a surface of a hardening accelerator such as an imidazole compound, an organophosphorus compound or a quaternary phosphonium salt; an amine salt type latent hardener accelerator; a Lewis acid salt; A latent hardening accelerator such as a high temperature dissociative thermal cationic polymerization type latent curing accelerator such as a Bronsted acid salt. Among these, a 4-grade ammonium salt such as tetraethylammonium bromide, tetra-n-butylammonium bromide, tetraethylammonium chloride or tetra-n-butylammonium chloride is preferred. The catalyst is preferably 100 parts by weight or less, more preferably 0.01 to 100 parts by weight, even more preferably 0.1 to 1 part by weight based on 1 part by weight of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. 2 parts by weight. The reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 200 ° C, more preferably 50 to 150 ° C; and the reaction time is preferably 0.1 to 50 hours, more preferably 0.5 to 20 hours. The synthesis reaction of the sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane can be carried out in the presence of an organic solvent if necessary. Examples of the organic solvent include, for example, a hydrocarbon compound, an ether compound, a vinegar compound, a ketone compound, a guanamine compound, an alcohol compound, etc., among which an ether compound, an ester compound, and a ketone compound are dissolved by a raw material and a product. It is preferable from the viewpoint of the ease of purification of the product and the product. The solvent solid content concentration (the ratio of the total weight of the components other than the solvent - 32 to 200927727 in the reaction solution to the total weight of the solution) is preferably 0.1% by weight or more, more preferably 5 to 5 times. The amount of 0% by weight is used. The radiation sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane of the present invention is a structure derived from a citric acid derivative (1) by ring-opening addition of an epoxy in a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. It is a very suitable method from the viewpoint of being simple and capable of increasing the introduction rate of the structure derived from the cinnamic acid derivative. Further, when the synthesis of the radiation sensitive linear organopolyoxane of the present invention is carried out, it is not detrimental to the present invention. In the range of the effect, a part of the above cinnamic acid derivative is represented by the following formula (4): R19-R20_Z (4) (in the formula (4), R19 is an alkyl group or alkoxy group having a carbon number of 4 to 20 or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 3 to 40 in the alicyclic ring group, wherein a part or all of the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group or the alkoxy group may be substituted by a fluorine atom; and R 2 G is a single bond or a phenyl group; When R19 is an alkoxy group, r2() is a phenyl group, Z is a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, -SH, -NCO, -NHR (only, R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), -CH = At least one selected from the group consisting of CH2 and -S02C1.) The compound represented by the compound may be used after being substituted. At this time, the synthesis of the sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane can be achieved by mixing a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, a cinnamic acid derivative, and a compound represented by the above formula (4)-33-200927727 The reaction is carried out. In the above formula (4), as R19, an alkyl group or alkoxy group having a carbon number of 8 to 20 or a fluoroalkyl group or a fluoroalkoxy group having a carbon number of 4 to 2 1 is preferable; as R2Q, a single bond or Preferably, 1,4-phenylene is preferred; as Z, a carboxyl group is preferred. Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (4) can be exemplified by the following formulas (4-1) to (4-4).

(上述(4-1)式中f爲1〜1〇的整數,g爲〇~5的整數; 上述(4-2)式中h爲5〜20的整數;上述(4-3)式中i爲 1〜3的整數,j爲0〜18的整數;上述(4-4)式中k爲 1〜1 8的整數。) 所表示的化合物等。 作爲上述式(4)所表示的化合物的較佳具體例子’ 可列舉十二烷酸、硬脂酸、下述式(4-3-1)〜(4-3-3) -34- 200927727 cf3—ο(in the above formula (4-1), f is an integer of 1 to 1 ,, g is an integer of 〇~5; and in the above formula (4-2), h is an integer of 5 to 20; and in the above (4-3) i is an integer of 1 to 3, and j is an integer of 0 to 18; and k in the above formula (4-4) is an integer of 1 to 18). Preferred examples of the compound represented by the above formula (4) include dodecanoic acid and stearic acid, and the following formula (4-3-1) to (4-3-3)-34-200927727 cf3 —ο

\—COOH (4-3-1 ) cf3—c3h6—o\—COOH (4-3-1 ) cf3—c3h6—o

COOH (4-3-2) 〇2F5—C3H6—°COOH (4-3-2) 〇2F5—C3H6—°

—COOH (4-3-3)—COOH (4-3-3)

之各自所表示的化合物等。 上述式(4)所表不的化合物,在與肉桂酸衍生物(1 )同樣的反應條件下,與肉桂酸衍生物(1) 一起與具有 環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷反應而導入於感光性聚有機矽氧烷 中’成爲對於所得到的液晶配向膜中賦予預傾角表現性的 部位之化合物。本說明書中將上述式(4)所表示的化合 物,以下稱爲「其他預傾角表現性化合物」。 上述式(4 )所表示的化合物,相對於肉桂酸衍生物 (1)與上述式(4)所表示的化合物的合計而言,較佳爲 可以5 0莫耳%以下,更佳爲可以3 3莫耳%以下的比例使 用。其中’上述式(4)所表示的化合物的使用比例超過 50莫耳% ’則所得到的液晶顯示元件在on (電壓外加狀 態)時’會有發生異常區域(d〇main )發生之不佳狀況的 情況。 <其他成分> -35- 200927727 本發明的液晶配向劑,含有如上述的敏輻射線性聚有 機矽氧烷。 • 本發明的液晶配向劑,除了如上述的敏輻射線性聚有 , 機矽氧烷之外,只要是無損於本發明的效果,可再含有其 他成分,作爲如此的其他成分,可列舉例如敏輻射線性聚 有機矽氧烷以外的聚合物(以下,稱爲「其他聚合物」) 、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、硬化促進劑、分子內具有至少1個 Ο 環氧基的化合物(以下,稱爲「環氧化合物」)、官能性 矽烷化合物、界面活性劑等。 <其他聚合物> 上述其他聚合物,可使用於更改善本發明的液晶配向 劑的溶液特性及所得到的液晶配向膜的電特性作爲該相關 的其他聚合物,例如由聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺所成的群所選 出的至少1種的聚合物、由下述式(S-2)Compounds and the like represented by each. The compound represented by the above formula (4) is introduced into the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group together with the cinnamic acid derivative (1) under the same reaction conditions as the cinnamic acid derivative (1). The photosensitive polyorganosiloxane is a compound which is a site which imparts a pretilt expression property to the obtained liquid crystal alignment film. In the present specification, the compound represented by the above formula (4) is hereinafter referred to as "other pretilt angle expressing compound". The compound represented by the above formula (4) is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 3, based on the total of the cinnamic acid derivative (1) and the compound represented by the above formula (4). 3 moles of the following ratios are used. When the ratio of the use of the compound represented by the above formula (4) exceeds 50 mol%, the obtained liquid crystal display element may have an abnormal region (d〇main) when it is on (voltage-applied state). The situation. <Other Ingredients> -35- 200927727 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains the above-mentioned radiation sensitive linear polymer oxime. • The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may contain, in addition to the above-mentioned linear radiation of the sensitive radiation, other than the organic oxane, other components may be contained as long as it does not impair the effects of the present invention. a polymer other than a radiation-linear polyorganosiloxane (hereinafter referred to as "other polymer"), a curing agent, a curing catalyst, a curing accelerator, or a compound having at least one fluorene epoxy group in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as It is an "epoxy compound", a functional decane compound, a surfactant, etc. <Other Polymers> The above other polymers can be used to further improve the solution characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention and the electrical properties of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film as other related polymers, for example, polylysine And at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyimine, and having the following formula (S-2)

X2 --Si-〇-- 2) -Ϋ2 . (式(S-2)中,X2爲羥基、鹵素原子、碳數1〜2 0的烷基 、碳數1〜6的烷氧基或碳數6〜2 0的芳基;Υ2爲羥基或碳 數1~1〇的烷氧基。) 所表示的聚矽氧烷、其水解物及水解物的縮合物所成的群 所選出的至少1種(以下’稱爲「其他聚矽氧烷」)、聚 -36- 200927727 醯胺酸酯、聚酯、聚醯胺、纖維素衍生物、聚縮醛、聚苯 乙烯衍生物、聚(苯乙烯-苯基馬來酸酐縮亞胺)衍生物 • 、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 [聚醯胺酸] 上述聚醯胺酸’可藉由使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應而得 到。 0 作爲聚醯胺酸的合成可使用的四羧酸二酐,可列舉例 如丁烷四羧酸二酐、丨,2,3,4_環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2-二甲 基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,3-二甲基-Uhl環丁烷 四羧酸二酐、1,3-二氯-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、 I,2,3,4-四甲基·1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4_環戊 烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐、3,3,,4,4、二 環己基四竣酸二酐、2,3,5-三竣基環戊基乙酸二肝、3,5 6-三羧基降冰片烷-2-乙酸二酐、2,3,4,5-四氮呋喃四竣酸二 Q 酐、l,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5-(四氣-2,5-二氧代-3_呋喃基)_ 萘並[l,2-c]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、1,3,3&,4,5,91>-六氫_5-甲基_5 (四氫-2,5 -二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[l,2-c卜呋喃·ι %二嗣 、1,3,33,4,5,91>-六氫-5-乙基-5-(四氫-2,5_二氧代_3_呋喃 ' 基)-萘並[l,2-c]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、1,3,3&,4,5,91}_六氨_7_甲 • 基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2_(;]_咲喃_ • 1,3-二酮、1,3,3&,4,5,9卜六氫-7-乙基-5-(四氫_2,5-二氧 代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[l,2-c]_ 呋喃-1,3-二酮、;i,3,3a,4,5,9b_ 六氫-8-甲基-5-(四氫_2,5 -二氧代_3 -呋喃基)·萘並[丨2_ -37- 200927727 C]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、l,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-8-乙基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3 -呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]-呋喃-1,3 -二酮、 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5,8-二甲基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋 喃基)-萘並[1,2-〇]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫 呋喃基)-3 -甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、雙環[2.2.2]-辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、3-氧雜雙環[3.2·l]辛烷-2,4-二酮-6-螺-3’-(四氫呋喃-2’,5’-二酮) 、5- ( 2,5-二氧代X2 -Si-〇-- 2) -Ϋ2 . (In the formula (S-2), X2 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or carbon. An aryl group of 6 to 20; Υ2 is a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 1 carbon atoms.) At least a group selected from the group consisting of a polyoxane, a hydrolyzate thereof and a condensate of a hydrolyzate 1 type (hereinafter referred to as "other polyoxane"), poly-36-200927727 proline, polyester, polyamide, cellulose derivative, polyacetal, polystyrene derivative, poly( Styrene-phenyl maleic anhydride imide) derivatives, poly(meth)acrylates, and the like. [Polyuric acid] The above polylysine ' can be obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine. 0. As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride which can be used for the synthesis of polylysine, for example, butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, hydrazine, 2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2-di Methyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-Uhl cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dichloro-1,2,3 , 4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, I, 2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-ring Pentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3,4,4, dicyclohexyltetradecanoic acid dianhydride, 2,3,5-three Indole cyclopentyl acetic acid di-hepatic, 3,5 6-tricarboxynorbornane-2-acetic acid dianhydride, 2,3,4,5-tetraazafuran tetradecanoic acid di-Q-anhydride, l,3,3a, 4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-(tetraqi-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]-furan-1,3-dione, 1, 3,3&,4,5,91>-hexahydro-5-methyl-5 (tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[l,2-cbufuran ι %二嗣,1,3,33,4,5,91>-hexahydro-5-ethyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furan'yl)-naphtho[ l,2-c]-furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3&,4,5,91}_hexaamine_7_methyl•yl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-di oxygen Benz-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2_(;]_咲 __ • 1,3-diketone, 1,3,3&,4,5,9-hexahydro-7-ethyl- 5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]-furan-1,3-dione, i,3,3a,4,5, 9b_hexahydro-8-methyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)·naphtho[丨2_-37- 200927727 C]-furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-8-ethyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]- Furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5,8-dimethyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl )-naphtho[1,2-indolyl]-furan-1,3-dione, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuryl)-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2- Dicarboxylic anhydride, bicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.l]octane-2,4-dione -6-spiro-3'-(tetrahydrofuran-2',5'-dione), 5-(2,5-dioxo)

四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧基降冰片烷-2: 3,5: 6-二酐、4,9 -二氧雜三環 [5_3.1.02’6]十一烷-3,5,8,10-四酮、下述式(丁-1)及(丁-11Tetrahydro-3-furanyl-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxynorbornane-2: 3,5: 6-dianhydride, 4,9-dioxatricyclo[5_3.1.02'6]undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraone, the following formula (丁-1) and (丁-11

(式(T-I )及(T-II )中,R21及R22各自爲具有芳香環 的2價的有機基,R23及R24各自爲氫原子或烷基,複數 存在的R23及R24各自可相同或不同。) 之各自所表示的化合物等之脂肪族或脂環式四羧酸二酐; -38-(In the formulae (TI) and (T-II), each of R21 and R22 is a divalent organic group having an aromatic ring, and each of R23 and R24 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and each of R23 and R24 existing in the plural may be the same or different. An aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride of a compound or the like represented by each of them; -38-

200927727 均苯四甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二 3,3’,4,4’-聯苯碾四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二 2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯醚四羧酸二 3,3’,4,4’-二甲基二苯基矽烷四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-基矽烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-呋喃四羧酸二酐、4,4’-3,4-二羧基苯氧基)二苯基硫醚二酐、4,4’-雙(3,4-基苯氧基)二苯基颯二酐、4,4’-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧 二苯基丙烷二酐、3,3’,4,4’-全氟異亞丙基二苯二甲酸 、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-聯苯四羧酸 、雙(苯二甲酸)苯基膦氧化物二酐、p-苯撐-雙(三 苯二甲酸)二酐、m-苯撐-雙(三苯基苯二甲酸)二 雙(三苯基苯二甲酸)-4,4’-二苯基醚二酐、雙(三 苯二甲酸)-4,4’-二苯基甲烷二酐、乙二醇-雙(脫水 三酸酯)、丙二醇-雙(脫水偏苯三酸酯)、1,4-丁二 雙(脫水偏苯三酸酯)、1,6-己二醇-雙(脫水偏苯三 )、1,8-辛二醇-雙(脫水偏苯三酸酯)、2,2-雙(4-苯基)丙烷-雙(脫水偏苯三酸酯)、下述式(T-1) T-4 ) 酐、 酐、 酐、 四苯 雙( 二羧 基) 二酐 二酐 苯基 酐、 苯基 偏苯 二醇-酸酯 羥基 ~ ( -39- 200927727200927727 Pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid 2,3',4,4'-biphenyl milling tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5 , 8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid di-2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic acid 2,3',4,4'- Dimethyldiphenylnonanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'- decane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-furan tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4' -3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)diphenyl sulfide dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-ylphenoxy)diphenylphosphonium dianhydride, 4,4'-bis (3 , 4-dicarboxyphenoxydiphenylpropane dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-perfluoroisopropylidene dicarboxylic acid, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dihydride, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, bis(phthalic acid)phenylphosphine oxide dianhydride, p-phenylene-bis(tris) dianhydride, m- Benzene-bis(triphenylphthalic acid) dibis(triphenylphthalic acid)-4,4'-diphenyl ether dianhydride, bis(trisphthalic acid)-4,4'-diphenyl Methane dianhydride, ethylene glycol-bis(anhydrotriester), propylene glycol-bis (dehydrated trimellitate), 1,4-butane di-bis (dehydrated benzene) Acid ester), 1,6-hexanediol-bis(dehydrated trimellitene), 1,8-octanediol-bis(anhydrotrimellitic acid ester), 2,2-bis(4-phenyl)propane - bis (hydrogen trimellitate), the following formula (T-1) T-4) anhydride, anhydride, anhydride, tetraphenyl bis(dicarboxy) dianhydride dianhydride phenyl anhydride, phenyl phenylene glycol -acid hydroxy group ~ ( -39- 200927727

-40- 200927727 之各自所表示的化合物等之芳香族四羧酸二酐。此等可1 種單獨使用或可2種以上組合使用。-40-200927727 An aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride such as a compound represented by each. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

此等之中,以丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧 酸二酐、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、 1,3,3 a, 4,5,9b-六氫- 5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並 [l,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、1,3,3&,4,5,91)-六氫-8-甲基-5-(四 氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-(:]呋喃-1,3-二酮、 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5,8-二甲基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋 喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、雙環[2.2.2]-辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、3-氧雜雙環[3·2.1]辛烷-2,4-二酮-6-螺-3’-(四氫呋喃-2’,5’-二酮) 、5- ( 2,5-二氧代四氫- 3- 呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧基降冰片烷-2 : 3,5 : 6-二酐、4,9-二氧雜三環 [5.3.1.02,6]-[——烷-3,5,8,10-四酮、均苯四甲酸二酐、 3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯楓四羧酸 二酐、2,2’,3,3’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐 、上述式(T-I )所表示的化合物中的下述式(T-5 ) ~ ( T-7 -41 - 200927727Among these, butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, 1,3,3 a, 4,5,9b - hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3&,4 ,5,91)-hexahydro-8-methyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-(:]furan-1,3- Diketone, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5,8-dimethyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1] ,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, bicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1 Octane-2,4-dione-6-spiro-3'-(tetrahydrofuran-2',5'-dione), 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl)- 3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxynorbornane-2 : 3,5 : 6-dianhydride, 4,9- Dioxatricyclo[5.3.1.02,6]-[-alkane-3,5,8,10-tetraketone, pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl maple tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 , 3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the following formula (T-5) ~ (in the compound represented by the above formula (TI)) T-7 -41 - 200927727

(Τ-7) ❹ 之各自所表示的化合物及上述式(Τ-ΙΙ )所表示的化合物 中的下述式(T-8 ) 〇 〇(Τ-7) 化合物 Each of the compounds represented by the formula and the compound represented by the above formula (Τ-ΙΙ) has the following formula (T-8) 〇 〇

〇 0 (T-8) 所表示的化合物,由可使其表現出優良的液晶配向性之觀 -42- 200927727 點而言較佳。The compound represented by 〇 0 (T-8) is preferable from the viewpoint that it can exhibit excellent liquid crystal alignment properties from -42 to 200927727.

作爲特別佳者,可列舉1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、 2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、l,3,3a,4,5,9b -六氫-5-(四 氮-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-叫呋喃-1,3-二酮、 13,33,4,5,913-六氫-8-甲基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基 )-萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、3-氧雜雙環[3.2.1]辛烷-2’4-二酮-6-螺 _3’_ (四氫呋喃-2’,5’-二酮)、5- ( 2,5-二氧 代四氫-3 -呋喃基)-3 -甲基-3 -環己烯- I,2 -二羧酸酐、 3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧基降冰片烷-2: 3,5: 6-二酐、4,9-二氧 雜S環[5.3.1.02,6]十一烷_3,5,8,10-四酮、均苯四甲酸二酐 及上述式(T-5 )所表示的化合物。 作爲上述聚醯胺酸的合成所使用的二胺,可列舉例如 P'苯撐二胺、m-苯撐二胺、4,4,-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基乙烷、4,4,-二胺基二苯基硫化物、4,4,-二胺 基二苯基颯、3,3,-二甲基-4,4,-二胺基聯苯、4,4,-二胺基 笨甲醯苯胺、4,4,-二胺基二苯基醚、1,5-二胺基萘、2,2,-=申基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、 2’2’·二-三氟甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二-三氟甲基-4’4’-二胺基聯苯、5-胺基-1-( 4’-胺基苯基)-1,3,3-三甲 基茚滿、6-胺基-1-( 4’-胺基苯基)-1,3,3-三甲基茚滿、 3’4’-二胺基二苯基醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4’-二胺 基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、2,2-雙[4- (4-胺基苯 氣基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-( 4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟 肉燒、2,2-雙(4_胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4- ( 4-胺 -43- 200927727 基苯氧基)苯基]碾、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙 (4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,9-雙 (4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、2,7-二胺基芴、9,9-二甲基- 2,7- . 二胺基芴、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)芴、4,4’-伸甲基-雙(2-氯苯胺)、2,2’,5,5’-四氯-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二氯-4,4’-二胺基-5,5’-二甲氧基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺 基聯苯、1,4,4’- (p-苯撐異亞丙基)雙苯胺、4,4’- (m-苯 Ο 撐異亞丙基)雙苯胺、2,2’-雙[4- ( 4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯 氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基) 聯苯、4,4’-雙[(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基)苯氧基]-八氟聯苯 、下述式(D-1 )〜(D-5 )As a particularly preferred one, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, 1,3,3a, 4,5,9b - hexahydro-5-(tetrazol-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-called furan-1,3-dione, 13,33,4,5,913-six Hydrogen-8-methyl-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 3-oxabicyclo [3.2.1] Octane-2'4-dione-6-spiro_3'_ (tetrahydrofuran-2',5'-dione), 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3) Furyl)-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-I,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxynorbornane-2: 3,5:6-dianhydride, 4,9-Dioxa S ring [5.3.1.02,6]undecane_3,5,8,10-tetraone, pyromellitic dianhydride, and a compound represented by the above formula (T-5). Examples of the diamine used for the synthesis of the above polyamic acid include P'phenylene diamine, m-phenylenediamine, 4,4,-diaminodiphenylmethane, and 4,4'-di. Aminodiphenylethane, 4,4,-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4,-diaminodiphenylanthracene, 3,3,-dimethyl-4,4,-di Aminobiphenyl, 4,4,-diaminobenzamide, 4,4,-diaminodiphenyl ether, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,2,-= Shenji-4 , 4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2'2'.di-trifluoromethyl-4,4'-diamino Biphenyl, 3,3'-di-trifluoromethyl-4'4'-diaminobiphenyl, 5-amino-1-(4'-aminophenyl)-1,3,3-tri Methyl indane, 6-amino-1-( 4'-aminophenyl)-1,3,3-trimethylindan, 3'4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3 '-Diaminobenzophenone, 3,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminobenzene) Phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropyrrol, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amine-43- 200927727 phenoxy) Grinding, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy) Benzene, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroquinone, 2,7-diamino fluorene, 9,9-dimethyl-2,7-. diamino hydrazine, 9, 9-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 4,4'-methyl-bis(2-chloroaniline), 2,2',5,5'-tetrachloro-4,4'-diamine Biphenyl, 2,2'-dichloro-4,4'-diamino-5,5'-dimethoxybiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diamine Biphenyl, 1,4,4'-(p-phenylisopropylene)diphenylamine, 4,4'-(m-benzoquinone isopropylidene)diphenylamine, 2,2'-double [ 4-(4-Amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 4 , 4'-bis[(4-amino-2-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-octafluorobiphenyl, the following formula (D-1)~(D-5)

-44- 200927727-44- 200927727

COOCOO

/CH3 、ch3 (D-2)/CH3, ch3 (D-2)

(D-5) -45- 200927727 (式(D-4)中的y爲2〜12的整數,式(D-5)中的z爲 1〜5的整數。) 之各自所表示的化合物等之芳香族二胺;(D-5) -45-200927727 (Y in the formula (D-4) is an integer of 2 to 12, and z in the formula (D-5) is an integer of 1 to 5). Aromatic diamine;

1,1-間苯二甲胺、1,3 -丙烷二胺、四甲撐二胺、五甲 撐二胺、六甲撐二胺、七甲撐二胺、八甲撐二胺、九甲撐 二胺、1,4-二胺基環己烷、異佛爾酮二胺、四氫二環戊二 烯撐二胺、六氫-4,7-亞甲基茚滿撐二甲撐二胺( hexahydro-4,7-methanoindanylenedimethylenediamnine ) 、三環[6.2.1.02,7]-十一烷撐二甲基二胺、4,4’-甲撐雙( 環已基胺)、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(胺基 甲基)環己烷等之脂肪族或脂環式二胺; 2,3-二胺基吡啶、2,6-二胺基耻啶、3,4-二胺基吡啶、 2,4-二胺基嘧啶、5,6-二胺基-2,3-二氰基吡嗪、5,6-二胺 基-2,4-二羥基嘧啶、2,4-二胺基-6-二甲胺基-1,3,5-三嗪、 1,4-雙(3-胺基丙基)哌嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-異丙氧基-1,3,5-三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-甲氧基-1,3,5-三嗪、2,4-二胺 基-6-苯基-1,3,5-三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-甲基-3-三嗪、2,4-二 胺基-1,3,5 -三嗓、4,6 -二胺基-2-乙稀基-s-三嚷、2,4 -二胺 基-5-苯基噻唑、2,6 -二胺基嘌呤、5,6 -二胺基-1,3 -二甲基 尿嘧啶、3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑、6,9-二胺基-2-乙氧基吖 啶丙醇酸酯、3,8-二胺基-6-苯基菲啶、1,4-二胺基哌嗪' 3,6-二胺基吖啶、雙(4-胺基苯基)苯基胺、3,6-二胺基 咔唑、N-甲基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、N-乙基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、 -46- 200927727 N-苯基-3,6 -二胺基咔唑、N,N,-二(4 -胺基苯基)-聯苯胺 、下述式(D-I ) h2n1,1-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-propanediamine, tetramethylenediamine, pentamethyldiamine, hexamethylenediamine, heptamethyldiamine, octamethyldiamine, nine-methyl Diamine, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, isophoronediamine, tetrahydrodicyclopentadienyldiamine, hexahydro-4,7-methyleneindane dimethylenediamine (hexahydro-4,7-methanoindanylenedimethylenediamnine), tricyclo[6.2.1.02,7]-undecene dimethyldiamine, 4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylamine), 1,3-double Aliphatic or alicyclic diamines such as (aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane; 2,3-diaminopyridine, 2,6-diamine Bismuthidine, 3,4-diaminopyridine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 5,6-diamino-2,3-dicyanopyrazine, 5,6-diamino-2, 4-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2,4-diamino-6-dimethylamino-1,3,5-triazine, 1,4-bis(3-aminopropyl)piperazine, 2,4- Diamino-6-isopropoxy-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-methoxy-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-diamino -6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-methyl-3-triazine, 2,4-diamino-1,3,5-triazine, 4,6-diamino-2- Dilute-s-triterpene, 2,4-diamino-5-phenylthiazole, 2,6-diaminopurine, 5,6-diamino-1,3-dimethyluracil, 3 ,5-Diamino-1,2,4-triazole, 6,9-diamino-2-ethoxyacridone propionate, 3,8-diamino-6-phenylphenanthridine , 1,4-diaminopiperazine ' 3,6-diamino acridine, bis(4-aminophenyl)phenylamine, 3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-methyl-3 ,6-Diaminocarbazole, N-ethyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, -46- 200927727 N-phenyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, N,N,-di 4-aminophenyl)-benzidine, formula (DI) h2n

(D-I) (式(D-Ι)中,R25爲具有由吡啶、嘧啶、三嚷、喊11 定及 哌嗪所成的群所選出的含有氮原子的環結構之1價的有機 基;X3爲2價的有機基;R26爲碳數1~4的院基;al爲 0〜3的整數;R26爲複數存在的時各自可相同或不同。) 所表示的化合物、下述式(D-II)(DI) (In the formula (D-Ι), R25 is a monovalent organic group having a ring structure containing a nitrogen atom selected from a group consisting of pyridine, pyrimidine, triterpene, sulfonium 11 and piperazine; X3 It is a divalent organic group; R26 is a hospital group having a carbon number of 1 to 4; a1 is an integer of 0 to 3; and R26 is the same or different when it exists in a plural number.) The compound represented by the following formula (D- II)

(R28)a2 (R28)a2(R28)a2 (R28)a2

(D-II ) (式(D-II )中,R27爲具有由吡啶、嘧啶、三嗪、哌啶 及哌嗪所成的群所選出的含有氮原子的環結構之2價的有 機基;X4各自爲2價的有機基;R28各自爲碳數1〜4的烷 基;a2各自爲0~4的整數;複數存在的X4各自可相同或 不同、R28爲複數存在的時各自可相同或不同。) 所表示的化合物等之分子內具有2個的1級胺基及該1級 -47- 200927727 胺基以外的氮原子之二胺; 下述式(D-III ) (R31)a3 OR29—R30 (D-III ) “ NH2 ^ (式(D-III )中,R29 爲由-Ο-、-COO-、-oco-、-NHCO-、-CONH-及-CO-所成的群所選出的2價的有機基;R3G爲 具有類固醇骨格之1價的有機基、具有三氟甲基苯基、三 氟甲氧基苯基或氟化苯基之1價的有機基或碳數6〜30的 烷基;R31爲碳數1〜4的烷基;a3爲0~3的整數;R31爲 複數存在時各自可相同或不同。) 所表示的單取代苯撐二胺; 下述式(D-IV ) 〇(D-II) (In the formula (D-II), R27 is a divalent organic group having a ring structure containing a nitrogen atom selected from a group consisting of pyridine, pyrimidine, triazine, piperidine and piperazine; Each of X4 is a divalent organic group; each of R28 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; each of a2 is an integer of 0 to 4; each of X4 in the plural may be the same or different, and each of R28 may be the same or The compound represented by the compound or the like has two primary amine groups in the molecule and a diamine of a nitrogen atom other than the amino group of the first-47-200927727 amine; the following formula (D-III) (R31) a3 OR29 —R30 (D-III ) “NH2 ^ (In the formula (D-III), R29 is a group of -Ο-, -COO-, -oco-, -NHCO-, -CONH- and -CO- Selected divalent organic group; R3G is a monovalent organic group having a steroid skeleton, a monovalent organic group having a trifluoromethylphenyl group, a trifluoromethoxyphenyl group or a fluorinated phenyl group or a carbon number of 6 An alkyl group of ~30; R31 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; a3 is an integer of 0 to 3; and R31 is the same or different in the presence of a complex number.) The monosubstituted phenylene diamine represented by the following formula; (D-IV) 〇

(D-IV ) (式(D-IV)中’ R3 2各自爲碳數ι~12的烴基,複數存在 的R32各自可相同或不同;p各自爲1〜3的整數;q爲 1〜20的整數。) 所表示的化合物等之二胺基有機矽氧烷等。此等二胺,可 -48- 200927727 單獨使用或可2種以上組合使用。 上述芳香族二胺的苯環,可被1個或2個以上之碳數 1〜4的烷基(較佳爲甲基)取代。上述式(D-1) 、(D·11 )及(D-III)中R26、R28及R31各自爲甲基較佳,a1、a2 及a3各自爲0或1較佳,0爲更佳。(D-IV) (In the formula (D-IV), each of R 3 2 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of from 1 to 12, and each of R.sup.1 may be the same or different; each of p is an integer of from 1 to 3; q is from 1 to 20 The integer is a compound such as a diamine-based organooxane such as a compound. These diamines may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in the range of -48 to 200927727. The benzene ring of the above aromatic diamine may be substituted by one or two or more alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (preferably methyl groups). In the above formulae (D-1), (D·11) and (D-III), each of R26, R28 and R31 is preferably a methyl group, and a1, a2 and a3 are each preferably 0 or 1, and 0 is more preferable.

上述式(D-III )的R3G中,作爲具有類固醇骨格之1 價的有機基,以碳數17〜51者爲佳,以碳數17〜30者較佳 。作爲具有類固醇骨格之R3°的具體例子’可列舉例如膽 甾烷-3-基、膽留-5-烯-3-基、膽甾-24-烯-3-基、膽甾- 5,24-二烯-3-基、羊毛甾烷-3-基等。 此等之中,以P-苯撐二胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、 4,4’-二胺基二苯基硫化物、1,5-二胺基萘、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’ -二胺基聯苯、2,2’ -二-三氟甲基-4,4’ -二胺基聯苯、 2,7-二胺基芴、4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚、2,2-雙[4- (4-胺基 苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)芴、2,2-雙[4-〇 (4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基) 六氟丙烷、4,4’-(p-苯撐二異亞丙基)雙苯胺、4,4’-(m_ 苯撐二異亞丙基)雙苯胺、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、 4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、1,4-環己烷二胺、4,4’-甲 撐雙(環己基胺)、1,3·雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、上述式 (D-1)〜(D-5)所表示的化合物、2,6-二胺基吡啶、3,4-二胺基吡啶、2,4 -二胺基嘧啶、3,6 -二胺基吖啶、3,6 -二胺 基咔唑、N -甲基-3,6 -二胺基咔唑、N -乙基-3,6 -二胺基咔唑 、>^-苯基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、;^,]^’-二(4-胺基苯基)-聯苯 -49- 200927727 胺、上述式(D-Ι)所表示的化合物中的下述式(D-6)In the R3G of the above formula (D-III), the organic group having a valence of the steroid skeleton is preferably a carbon number of 17 to 51, and preferably a carbon number of 17 to 30. Specific examples of R3° having a steroid skeleton include, for example, cholest-3-yl, cholest-5-en-3-yl, cholest-24-en-3-yl, cholester-5,24. -Dien-3-yl, lanostan-3-yl and the like. Among these, P-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2 , 2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-di-trifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,7-diamino fluorene , 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene , 2,2-bis[4-indole (4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-(p -phenylphenyldiisopropylidene)diphenylamine, 4,4'-(m-phenylene diisopropylidene)diphenylamine, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4' - bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 1,4-cyclohexanediamine, 4,4'-methylene bis(cyclohexylamine), 1,3 bis (aminomethyl) ring Hexane, a compound represented by the above formula (D-1) to (D-5), 2,6-diaminopyridine, 3,4-diaminopyridine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 3, 6-diaminoacridine, 3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-methyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-ethyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, > ^-Phenyl-3,6-diamino fluorene ,; ^,] ^ '- bis (4-amino-phenyl) - biphenyl -49-200927727 amine, the following formula (D-6) a compound represented by the above formula (D-Ι) of

(D-6(D-6

所表示的化合物、上述式(D-11)所表示的化合物中的下 述式(D-7)The compound represented by the above formula (D-7) in the compound represented by the above formula (D-11)

(D h2n C3H6 ~(Z/n^^3"nH2 所表示的化合物、上述式(D-III)所表示的化合物中的十 二烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十五烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十六 烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十八烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十二院 〇 氧基-2,5 -二胺基苯、十五院氧基_2,5 -二胺基苯、十六院氧 基-2,5-二胺基苯、十八烷氧基_2,5·二胺基苯、下述式(D-- 8 )〜(D-1 6 ) h2n 脅。 、nh2(Dh2n C3H6~(Z/n^^3" Compound represented by nH2, dodecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, pentadecane in the compound represented by the above formula (D-III) Oxy-2,4-diaminobenzene,hexadecanyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, 12-indolyloxy-2 , 5-diaminobenzene, fifteen-epoxy 2,5-diaminobenzene, hexadecanthoxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,5.diamine Base benzene, the following formula (D--8)~(D-1 6 ) h2n flank, nh2

(D-8 ) -50- 200927727(D-8) -50- 200927727

-51 200927727-51 200927727

(D-16) 之各自所表示的化合物及上述式(D-IV)所表示 中的1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)-四甲基二矽氧烷較佳 供給於聚酿胺酸的合成反應之四竣酸二酐與 用比例,相對於二胺所含的胺基1當量,四羧酸 酐基成爲0.2〜2當量之比例爲佳,再更佳爲成f 當量之比例。 的化合物 〇 二胺的使 二酐的酸 i 0.3-1-2 -52- 200927727 聚醯胺酸的合成反應’較佳爲於有機溶劑中,較佳爲 於-20~15(TC、更佳爲於〇〜l〇〇°C的溫度條件下,較佳爲進 • 行1〜48小時,更佳爲進行2〜10小時。其中,作爲有機溶 v 劑,只要是可溶解經合成的聚醯胺酸者即可’並沒有特別 的限制,可列舉例如N-甲基-2-吡咯烷嗣、N,N-二甲基乙 醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基咪唑啉酮、二甲基 亞颯、γ-丁內酯、四甲基尿素、六甲基磷三醯胺等之非質 0 子系極性溶劑;m -甲酚、二甲苯酚、苯酚、鹵化苯酚等之 苯酚系溶劑。有機溶劑的使用量(a :倂用有機溶劑與後 述的弱溶劑時,係指兩者的合計的使用量),四羧酸二酐 及二胺的總量(b )相對於反應溶液的全量(a + b )而言以 成爲0.1~30重量%之量較佳。 前述有機溶劑中,在所生成的聚醯胺酸不會析出的範 圍內,可倂用一般相信其爲聚醯胺酸的弱溶劑之醇、酮、 酯、醚、鹵化烴、烴等。該相關的弱溶劑的具體例子,可 Q 列舉例如甲醇、乙醇、異丙基醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二 醇、1,4-丁二醇、三乙二醇、乙二醇單甲基醚、乳酸乙酯 、乳酸丁酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮 、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、甲基甲氧基丙酸酯、 " 乙基乙氧基丙酸酯、草酸二乙酯、丙二酸二乙酯、二乙基 醚、乙二醇甲基醚、乙二醇乙基醚、乙二醇-η-丙基醚、乙 ' 二醇-i-丙基醚、乙二醇-η-丁基醚、乙二醇二甲基醚、乙 二醇乙基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚、二乙二醇二乙基 醚、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單 -53- 200927727 甲基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、四氫呋喃、二 氯甲烷、1,2-二氯乙烷、1,4-二氯丁烷、三氯乙烷、氯苯 • 、〇 -二氯苯、己烷、庚烷、辛烷、苯、甲苯、二甲苯、異 .. 戊基丙酸酯、異戊基異丁酸酯、二異戊基醚等。 聚醯胺酸的製造時,於有機溶劑中倂用如上述的弱溶 劑時,此使用比例可在所生成的聚醯胺酸不會析出的範圍 內適當地設定,較佳爲全溶劑中的50重量%以下,更佳爲 0 20重量%以下。 如上述作法,可得到溶解聚醯胺酸而成的反應溶液, 此反應溶液可直接供給於液晶配向劑的調製,亦可在反應 溶液中所含有的聚醯胺酸經離析後供給至液晶配向劑的調 製,或者亦可純化被離析的聚醯胺酸後供給至液晶配向劑 的調製。聚醯胺酸的離析,可藉由將上述反應溶液注入至 大量的弱溶劑中而得到析出物,將此析出物在減壓下乾燥 之方法,或,將反應溶液用蒸發器減壓蒸餾去除之方法進 〇 行。此外,可藉由將此聚醯胺酸再次溶解於有機溶劑,接 著用弱溶劑析出之方法,或,用蒸發器減壓蒸餾去除的步 驟進行1次或數次之方法,純化聚醯胺酸。 [聚醯亞胺] 上述聚醯亞胺,可使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應而得到的 ' 聚醯胺酸,脫水閉環後藉由醯亞胺化而合成。 作爲上述聚醯亞胺的合成所使用的四羧酸二酐,可列 舉與上述的聚醯胺酸的合成所使用的四羧酸二酐相同的化 -54- 200927727 合物。The compound represented by each of (D-16) and the 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl)-tetramethyldioxane represented by the above formula (D-IV) are preferably supplied to the brewed fiber. The ratio of tetradecanoic dianhydride to the synthesis reaction of the amine acid is preferably 1 to 2 equivalents based on the amine group contained in the diamine, and the ratio of the tetracarboxylic anhydride group is 0.2 to 2 equivalents, more preferably in the ratio of f equivalents. . The compound iridane diamine dianhydride acid i 0.3-1-2 -52- 200927727 polyamine acid synthesis reaction is preferably in an organic solvent, preferably -20~15 (TC, better) For the temperature of 〇~l〇〇°C, it is preferably carried out for 1 to 48 hours, more preferably for 2 to 10 hours, wherein as the organic solvent, as long as it is soluble, it can be dissolved. The lysine may be 'unspecially limited, and examples thereof include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinium, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and hydrazine. , a non-primary polar solvent such as fluorene-dimethylimidazolidinone, dimethyl hydrazine, γ-butyrolactone, tetramethyl urea, hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide; m-cresol, two a phenol solvent such as cresol, phenol or halogenated phenol. The amount of the organic solvent used (a: when the organic solvent is used, the weak solvent described later means the total amount of the two), the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the second The total amount of the amine (b) is preferably from 0.1 to 30% by weight based on the total amount (a + b ) of the reaction solution. In the above organic solvent, the produced polyamine does not precipitate. In the periphery, an alcohol, a ketone, an ester, an ether, a halogenated hydrocarbon, a hydrocarbon, etc., which are generally considered to be a weak solvent of polylysine, may be used. Specific examples of the related weak solvent may be, for example, methanol, ethanol, or the like. Propyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone , methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxy propionate, " ethyl ethoxy propionate, diethyl oxalate, C Diethyl diacrylate, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether, ethylene glycol-η-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-i-propyl ether, ethylene glycol- Η-butyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether , diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-53- 200927727 methyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloro Ethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, trichloroethane Alkane, chlorobenzene, hydrazine-dichlorobenzene, hexane, heptane, octane, benzene, toluene, xylene, isopentyl pentyl propionate, isoamyl isobutyrate, diisoamyl ether When a polyacetic acid is produced by using a weak solvent as described above in an organic solvent, the ratio of use may be appropriately set within a range in which the produced polyamine does not precipitate, and it is preferably a total solvent. 50% by weight or less, more preferably 0% by weight or less. As described above, a reaction solution obtained by dissolving polylysine can be obtained, and the reaction solution can be directly supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent, or can be reacted. The polyamine acid contained in the solution is supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent after being isolated, or may be purified by isolating the separated polyamine acid and then supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent. For the isolation of polylysine, a precipitate may be obtained by injecting the above reaction solution into a large amount of a weak solvent, and the precipitate may be dried under reduced pressure, or the reaction solution may be distilled off under reduced pressure using an evaporator. The method is to go. Further, the poly-proline may be purified by dissolving the polylysine in an organic solvent, followed by precipitation with a weak solvent, or by a step of distilling off under reduced pressure with an evaporator. . [Polyimide] The polyimine which is obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine can be synthesized by deuteration after dehydration ring closure. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for the synthesis of the polyimine may be the same as the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the above polyamic acid.

作爲本發明可所使用的聚醯亞胺的合成所使用的四羧 酸二酐,使用含有脂環式四羧酸二酐之四羧酸二酐較佳, 作爲特別佳的脂環式四羧酸二酐,可列舉2,3,5-三羧基環 戊基乙酸二酐、1,3,3^4,5,915-六氫-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代_ 3-呋喃基)-萘並[l,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、l,3,3a,4,5,9b-A 氫-8_甲基_5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-(:]呋 喃-1,3-二酮、3-氧雜雙環[3.2.1]辛烷-2,4-二酮-6-螺-3,-( 四氫呋喃-2’,5’-二酮)' 5-(2,5-二氧代四氫-3-呋喃基)_ 3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧基降冰 片烷-2: 3,5: 6-二酐或4,9-二氧雜三環[5·3.1.02’6]十一烷-3,5,8,10-四酮。 上述聚醯亞胺的合成中,可倂用脂環式四羧酸二酐與 其他四羧酸二酐,此時,全四羧酸二酐中脂環式四羧酸二 酐所佔有的比例,較佳爲10莫耳%以上,更佳爲50莫耳 Q %以上。 作爲上述聚醯亞胺的合成所使用的二胺,可列舉與上 述的聚醯胺酸的合成所使用的二胺相同的化合物。 作爲本發明的聚醯亞胺的合成所使用的二胺,使用含 有上述式(D-III)所表示的二胺之二胺較佳。作爲較佳的 具體例子’上述式(D-III )所表示的化合物中,可列舉十 ' 二烷氧基·2,4-二胺基苯、十五烷氧基_2,4-二胺基苯、十六 烷氧基-2,4 -二胺基苯、十八烷氧基-2,4 -二胺基苯、十二烷 氧基-2,5 -—胺基苯、十五垸氧基-2,5 -二胺基苯、十六院氧 -55- 200927727 基-2,5_二胺基苯、十八烷氧基-2,5-二胺基苯及上述式(D-8)〜(D-16)之各自所表示的化合物。 ' 當上述聚醯亞胺的合成時,可倂用上述式(D-III )所 - 表示的二胺與其他二胺,作爲其他二胺中較佳者,可列舉 P-苯撐二胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基 硫化物、1,5-二胺基萘、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、 2,2’-二-三氟甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,7-二胺基芴、4,4’-0 二胺基二苯基醚、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、 9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)芴、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯 基]六氟丙院、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙院、4,4’- (p-苯撐二異亞丙基)雙苯胺、4,4’-(m-苯撐二異亞丙基)雙 苯胺、1,4-環己烷二胺、4,4’-甲撐雙(環己基胺)、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、 上述式(D-1)〜(D-5)所表示的化合物、2,6-二胺基吡 啶、3,4 -二胺基吡啶、2,4 -二胺基嘧啶、3,6 -二胺基吖啶、 〇 N,N’-二(4-胺基苯基)-聯苯胺、N,N,_二(4_胺基苯基 )-N,N’-二甲基-聯苯胺、上述式(D-I )所表示的化合物 . 中的上述式(D-6)所表示的化合物、上述式(D-II )所 表示的化合物中的上述式(D-7 )所表示的化合物、及、 上述式(D-IV)所表示的化合物中的1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基 )-四甲基二矽氧烷等。倂用上述式(D-III)所表示的二 胺與其他二胺時’上述式(D -111 )所表示的二胺,相對於 全二胺較佳爲使用〇 · 5重量%以上,特別佳爲使用1重量% 以上。 -56- 200927727 用於合成本發明可使用的聚醯亞胺之聚醯胺酸的脫水 閉環反應,可藉由(i )加熱聚醯胺酸之方法、或(ii )將 聚醯胺酸溶解於有機溶劑,此溶液中添加脫水劑及脫水閉 環觸媒,必要時加熱之方法進行。As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for the synthesis of the polyimine used in the present invention, tetracarboxylic dianhydride containing an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably used as a particularly preferred alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid. Examples of the acid dianhydride include 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, 1,3,3^4,5,915-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-- Furyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-A hydrogen-8-methyl-5-(tetrahydro-2, 5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[1,2-(:]furan-1,3-dione, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2,4-dione -6-spiro-3,-(tetrahydrofuran-2',5'-dione)' 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl)-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene -1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxynorbornane-2: 3,5:6-dianhydride or 4,9-dioxatricyclo[5.3.1. 02'6] undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraketone. In the synthesis of the above polyimine, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and another tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used. The proportion of the alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride in the total tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more. The diamine to be used may be the same as the diamine used for the synthesis of the above polylysine. The diamine used for the synthesis of the polyimine of the present invention contains the above formula (D-). The diamine diamine represented by III) is preferable. As a preferable specific example, the compound represented by the above formula (D-III) may, for example, be a 'dealkyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene. , pentadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, cetyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, dodecyloxy Base-2,5--aminobenzene, fifteen-decyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, hexamethylene oxy-55-200927727 yl-2,5-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy -2,5-diaminobenzene and a compound represented by each of the above formulas (D-8) to (D-16). ' When the above polyimine is synthesized, the above formula (D-III) can be used. The diamine and other diamines represented by - are preferred among other diamines, and examples thereof include P-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, and 4,4'-diamine. Diphenyl sulfide, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-di- Fluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,7-diaminopurine, 4,4'-0 diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amine Phenyloxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropene, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-(p-phenylenediisopropylidene)diphenylamine, 4,4'-(m-phenylene diiso) Propyl) bisaniline, 1,4-cyclohexanediamine, 4,4'-methylene bis(cyclohexylamine), 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4' - bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, a compound represented by the above formula (D-1) to (D-5), 2,6-diaminopyridine, 3,4-diaminopyridine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 3,6-diaminoacridine, 〇N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)-benzidine, N,N,_bis(4-aminobenzene a compound represented by the above formula (D-6) and a compound represented by the above formula (D-II) in the compound represented by the above formula (DI), -N,N'-dimethyl-benzidine. 1,3-double in the compound represented by the above formula (D-7) and the compound represented by the above formula (D-IV) 3-amino-propyl) - tetramethyl siloxane silicon and the like. When the diamine represented by the above formula (D-III) and the other diamine are used, the diamine represented by the above formula (D-111) is preferably used in an amount of more than 5% by weight based on the total diamine. It is better to use 1% by weight or more. -56- 200927727 A dehydration ring-closure reaction for synthesizing polyamidene which can be used in the present invention, by (i) heating polylysine or (ii) dissolving polylysine In an organic solvent, a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring-closing catalyst are added to the solution, and if necessary, heating is carried out.

上述(i)之加熱聚醯胺酸之方法中反應溫度,較佳 爲50〜200°C,更佳爲60〜170°C,反應溫度低於50°C則脫 水閉環反應未充分地進行,反應溫度超過200°C則會有所 得到的醯亞胺化聚合物的分子量降低的情況。 另一方面,上述(ii)之於聚醯胺酸的溶液中添加脫 水劑及脫水閉環觸媒之方法中,作爲脫水劑,例如可使用 乙酸酐、丙酸酐、三氟乙酸酐等之酸酐。脫水劑的使用量 ,相對於聚醯胺酸結構單元的1莫耳,爲0.01〜20莫耳較 佳。此外’作爲脫水閉環觸媒,例如可使用吡啶、三甲基 吡啶、二甲基吡啶、三乙胺等之3級胺,惟,並非限定於 此等。脫水閉環觸媒的使用量,相對於所使用的脫水劑1 莫耳,爲0.01〜10莫耳較佳’再者,作爲脫水閉環反應所 使用的有機溶劑’可列舉作爲聚醯胺酸的合成所使用者所 列舉的有機溶劑。然後’脫水閉環反應的反應溫度,較佳 爲0 ~ 1 8 0 °c,更佳爲1 0〜1 5 0 °c,反應時間較佳爲〇 · 5 ~24小 時,更佳爲1〜1 0小時。 上述方法(i )中所得到的聚醯亞胺,其可直接供給 至液晶配向劑的調製’或亦可將所得到的聚醯亞胺經純化 後供給至液晶配向劑的調製,另一方面,上述方法(ii ) 中可得到含有聚醯亞胺之反應溶液。此反應溶液,其可直 -57- 200927727 接供給至液晶配向劑的調製,亦可從反應溶液去除脫水劑 及脫水閉環觸媒後供給至液晶配向劑的調製,亦可聚醯亞 ' 胺經離析後供給至液晶配向劑的調製,或亦可純化經離析 ·. 的聚醯亞胺後供給至液晶配向劑的調製,從反應溶液去除 脫水劑及脫水閉環觸媒,例如可適用溶劑置換等之方法。 聚醯亞胺的離析、純化,可藉由與上述作爲聚醯胺酸的離 析、純化方法同樣的操作進行。 0 本發明可使用的聚醯亞胺,可爲醯胺酸結構皆經脫水 者,亦可爲醯胺酸結構中的一部分經脫水閉環,醯亞胺環 結構與醯胺酸結構倂存之醯亞胺化率低者。 本發明可使用的聚醯亞胺中醯亞胺化率,較佳爲8 0 % 以上’再更佳爲8 5 %以上。其中,「醯亞胺化率」,係將 相對於聚合物中醯胺酸結構的數目與醯亞胺環的數目的合 計之醯亞胺環的數目的比例以百分率表示。此時,醯亞胺 環的一部分可爲異醯亞胺環,醯亞胺化率係可藉由將聚醯 Q 亞胺溶解於適當的重氫化溶劑(例如重氫化二甲基亞颯) ’以四甲基矽烷作爲基準物質於室溫測量iH-NMR的結果 ,由下述數式(i)所表示之式計算得到。 醯亞胺化率(%) = (1 - A 1 / A2 X a) X 1 0 0 ( i ) (數式(i)中,A係於i〇ppm可見到的nh基的質子所 產生的波峰面積,A2係其他質子所產生的波峰面積,α係 相對於聚醯亞胺的前驅物(聚醯胺酸)中ΝΗ基的質子1 -58- 200927727 個之其他質子的個數比例° ) - -末端修飾型的聚合物- ... 上述聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺’可爲分子量經調節的末端 修飾型者,如此的末端修飾型的聚合物,於合成聚醯胺酸 時,可藉由於反應系中添加分子量調節劑而合成。作爲上 述分子量調節劑,可列舉例如酸一酐、單胺化合物、單異 0 氰酸酯化合物等。 其中,作爲酸一酐,可列舉例如馬來酸酐、苯二甲酸 酐、衣康酸酐、η-癸基琥珀酸酐、η-十二烷基琥珀酸酐、 η -十四烷基琥珀酸酐、η -十六烷基琥珀酸酐等。此外’作 爲單胺化合物’可列舉例如、苯胺、環己基胺、η-丁基胺 、η -戊基胺、η -己基胺、η -庚基胺、η -辛基胺、η -壬基胺 、η-癸基胺、η-十一烷基胺、η-十二烷基胺、η-三癸基胺 、η -十四院基胺、η -十五院基胺、η -十六垸基胺、η -十七 Q 烷基胺、η-十八烷基胺、η-二十烷基胺等。此外,作爲單 異氰酸酯化合物,可列舉例如苯基異氰酸酯、萘基異氰酸 酯等。 分子量調節劑,相對於合成聚醯胺酸時所使用的四羧 酸二酐與二胺的合計100重量份而言,較佳爲在20重量 份以下,更佳爲5重量份以下的範圍內使用。 -溶液黏度- 以上作法所得到的聚醯胺酸或聚醯亞胺,成爲濃度1 〇 -59- 200927727 重量%的溶液時,具有.20〜800mPa.s的溶液黏度者較佳, 具有30〜50〇mpa.s的溶液黏度者爲更佳。 ' 上述聚合物的溶液黏度(mPa · s ),關於使用該聚合 - 物的良溶劑,成爲1〇重量%的濃度之聚合物溶液,使用E . 型旋轉黏度計以25 t所測量之値。 [其他聚矽氧烷] 0 作爲由具有上述式(S-2)所表示的重複單元之聚矽 氧烷、其水解物及水解物的縮合物所成的群所選出的至少 1種(其他聚矽氧烷),於上述式(S-2)中,X2爲碳數 1〜2 0的烷基或碳數6〜2 0的芳基之聚有機矽氧烷較佳。 該相關的其他聚矽氧烷,例如可將由烷氧基矽烷化合 物及鹵化矽烷化合物所成的群所選出的至少1種的矽烷化 合物(以下’稱爲「原料矽烷化合物」),較佳爲在適當 的有機溶劑中,於水及觸媒的存在下藉由水解或水解•縮 〇 合而合成。 作爲此處可使用的原料矽烷化合物,可列舉例如四甲 . 氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四-η-丙氧基矽烷、四-iso-丙 氧基矽烷、四-η-丁氧基矽烷、四_sec_丁氧基矽烷、四. tert-丁氧基矽烷、四氯矽烷;甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三 乙氧基矽烷、甲基三-η-丙氧基矽烷、甲基三_iso_丙氧基 矽烷、甲基三-η -丁氧基矽烷、甲基三-sec· 丁氧基矽烷、 甲基三-tert-丁氧基矽烷、甲基三苯氧基矽烷、甲基三氯 砂烷、乙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、乙基三-n_ -60- 200927727 丙氧基矽烷、乙基三-iso-丙氧基矽烷、乙基三·η-丁氧基 矽烷、乙基三-sec-丁氧基矽烷、乙基三-tert-丁氧基矽烷 ' 、乙基三氯矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷 ·- 、苯基三氯矽烷;二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基 . 矽烷、二甲基二氯矽烷;三甲基甲氧基矽烷、三甲基乙氧 基矽烷、三甲基氯矽烷等。此等的中,以四甲氧基矽烷、 四乙氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、 0 苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基 矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、三甲基甲氧基矽烷或三甲基 乙氧基矽烷較佳。 合成其他聚矽氧烷時,作爲可任意地使用之有機溶劑 ,可列舉例如醇化合物、酮化合物、醯胺化合物或酯化合 物或其他非質子性化合物。此等可單獨使用或可組合2種 以上使用。The reaction temperature in the method for heating poly-proline in the above (i) is preferably 50 to 200 ° C, more preferably 60 to 170 ° C, and the reaction temperature is lower than 50 ° C, the dehydration ring closure reaction is not sufficiently performed. When the reaction temperature exceeds 200 ° C, the molecular weight of the obtained quinone imidized polymer may be lowered. On the other hand, in the method of adding a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring-closing catalyst to the solution of the polyamic acid in the above (ii), as the dehydrating agent, for example, an acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride or trifluoroacetic anhydride can be used. The amount of the dehydrating agent to be used is preferably 0.01 to 20 moles per 1 mole of the polyamic acid structural unit. Further, as the dehydration ring-closing catalyst, for example, a tertiary amine such as pyridine, trimethylpyridine, lutidine or triethylamine can be used, but it is not limited thereto. The amount of the dehydration ring-closing catalyst used is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol with respect to the dehydrating agent used. Further, the organic solvent used as the dehydration ring-closure reaction can be exemplified as the synthesis of polyglycine. The organic solvents listed by the user. Then, the reaction temperature of the dehydration ring-closing reaction is preferably from 0 to 180 ° C, more preferably from 10 to 150 ° C, and the reaction time is preferably from 5 to 24 hours, more preferably from 1 to 1. 0 hours. The polyimine obtained in the above method (i), which can be directly supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent or can be supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent after purification of the obtained polyimine, on the other hand A reaction solution containing polyimine can be obtained in the above method (ii). The reaction solution can be supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent from -57 to 200927727, or can be prepared by removing the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst from the reaction solution, and can be supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent, or can be polymerized. After the segregation, the preparation is supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the selenium imidazole may be purified and supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent, and the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst may be removed from the reaction solution. For example, solvent replacement may be applied. The method. Segregation and purification of the polyimine can be carried out by the same operation as the above-described separation and purification method as polylysine. 0 The polyimine which can be used in the present invention may be a dehydrated structure of the proline structure, or may be a part of the structure of the proline which is dehydrated and closed, and the structure of the quinone ring and the structure of the proline are stored. The imidization rate is low. The polyamidene which can be used in the present invention has a ruthenium iodide ratio of preferably 80% or more and more preferably 85% or more. Here, the "rhodium imidization ratio" is expressed as a percentage based on the ratio of the number of the proline structure in the polymer to the number of the quinone ring in the total number of the quinone ring. In this case, a part of the quinone ring may be an isoindole ring, and the ruthenium imidization ratio may be obtained by dissolving the poly-Q-imine in a suitable heavy hydrogenation solvent (for example, dimethyl hydrazine). The result of iH-NMR measurement at room temperature using tetramethylnonane as a reference substance was calculated by the formula represented by the following formula (i). Ruthenium amination rate (%) = (1 - A 1 / A2 X a) X 1 0 0 ( i ) (In equation (i), A is produced by protons of the nh group visible at i〇ppm The peak area, the peak area produced by other protons in the A2 system, and the ratio of the number of protons in the α-series relative to the protons of the polyimide (poly-proline) in the protons of 1-58-200927727 °) - End-modified polymer - ... The above-mentioned poly-proline and polyimine can be molecularly modified end-modified, such a terminal-modified polymer, in the synthesis of poly-proline It can be synthesized by adding a molecular weight modifier to the reaction system. The above-mentioned molecular weight modifier may, for example, be an acid monoanhydride, a monoamine compound or a monoisomeric cyanate compound. Here, examples of the acid monoanhydride include maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, η-mercaptosuccinic anhydride, η-dodecylsuccinic anhydride, η-tetradecyl succinic anhydride, and η- Cetyl succinic anhydride and the like. Further, 'as a monoamine compound' may, for example, be aniline, cyclohexylamine, η-butylamine, η-pentylamine, η-hexylamine, η-heptylamine, η-octylamine, η-fluorenyl Amine, η-decylamine, η-undecylamine, η-dodecylamine, η-tridecylamine, η-tetradecylamine, η-fiute-amine, η-ten Hexamethylamine, η-heptadecaquinolamine, η-octadecylamine, η-icosylamine, and the like. Further, examples of the monoisocyanate compound include phenyl isocyanate and naphthyl isocyanate. The molecular weight modifier is preferably in the range of 20 parts by weight or less, more preferably 5 parts by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the total of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine used in the synthesis of the polyamic acid. use. -Solid viscosity - The polylysine or polyimine obtained by the above method is a solution having a concentration of 1 〇-59-200927727% by weight, preferably having a solution viscosity of .20 to 800 mPa.s, having 30~ The solution viscosity of 50 〇 mpa.s is better. The solution viscosity (mPa · s ) of the above polymer was a polymer solution having a concentration of 1% by weight with respect to a good solvent using the polymer, and was measured by an E. type rotational viscometer at 25 t. [Other polyoxane] 0 is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polysiloxane having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (S-2), a hydrolyzate thereof, and a hydrolyzate. In the above formula (S-2), X2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyorganosiloxane having an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, at least one decane compound (hereinafter referred to as "raw material decane compound") selected from the group consisting of an alkoxy decane compound and a halogenated decane compound is preferably used in the other polyoxyalkylene. In a suitable organic solvent, it is synthesized by hydrolysis or hydrolysis and condensation in the presence of water and a catalyst. As the raw material decane compound which can be used herein, for example, tetramethyl methoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, tetra-n-propoxy decane, tetra-iso-propoxy decane, tetra-n-butoxy Basear, tetra-s-butoxybutane, tetra-tert-butoxydecane, tetrachlorodecane; methyltrimethoxydecane, methyltriethoxydecane, methyltri-n-propoxydecane , methyl triiso-propoxypropane, methyl tri-n-butoxydecane, methyl tri-sec. butoxydecane, methyl tri-tert-butoxydecane, methyltriphenyloxide Base decane, methyl chlorosilane, ethyl trimethoxy decane, ethyl triethoxy decane, ethyl tri-n--60-200927727 propoxy decane, ethyl tri-iso-propoxy decane, Ethyl tri-n-butoxydecane, ethyl tri-sec-butoxydecane, ethyl tri-tert-butoxydecane', ethyltrichlorodecane, phenyltrimethoxydecane, phenyl tri Ethoxydecane·-, phenyltrichlorodecane; dimethyldimethoxydecane, dimethyldiethoxy. decane, dimethyldichlorodecane; trimethylmethoxydecane, trimethyl Ethoxy decane, Silane methyl chloride and the like. Among these, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy decane, 0 phenyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane, and Methyl dimethoxy decane, dimethyl diethoxy decane, trimethyl methoxy decane or trimethyl ethoxy decane is preferred. In the case of synthesizing another polyoxyalkylene oxide, examples of the organic solvent which can be used arbitrarily include an alcohol compound, a ketone compound, a guanamine compound or an ester compound or other aprotic compound. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作爲上述醇化合物,可列舉例如甲醇、乙醇、η-丙醇 、i-丙醇、η-丁醇、i-丁醇、sec_ 丁醇、t-丁醇、η_ 戊醇、 i-戊醇、2-甲基丁醇、sec_戊醇、t_戊醇、3_甲氧基丁醇、 η-己醇、2-甲基戊醇、sec-己醇、2-乙基丁醇、sec-庚醇、 庚醇-3、η-辛醇、2-乙基己醇、sec_辛醇、n_壬醇、2,6-二 甲基庚醇-4、η-癸醇、sec-十一烷醇、三甲基壬醇、sec-十 四烷醇、sec-十七烷醇、苯酚、環己醇、甲基環己醇、 3,3,5 -三甲基環己醇、苄基醇、雙丙酮醇等之單醇化合物 乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、戊二醇-2,4、2-甲 -61 - 200927727 基戊二醇-2,4、己二醇-2,5、庚二醇-2,4、2 1,3、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、三 " 元醇化合物; ·. 乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙 、乙二醇單丁基醚、乙二醇單己基醚、乙二 乙二醇單-2-乙基丁基醚、二乙二醇單甲基醚 乙基醚、二乙二醇單丙基醚、二乙二醇單丁 0 醇單己基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙 單丙基醚、丙二醇單丁基醚、二丙二醇單甲 醇單乙基醚、二丙二醇單丙基醚等之多元醇 醚等。此等的醇化合物,可使用1種或組合 〇 作爲上述酮化合物,可列舉例如丙酮、 甲基-η-丙基酮、甲基-n-丁基酮、二乙基酮 酮、甲基-η-戊基酮、乙基-η-丁基酮、甲基 〇 i-丁基酮、三甲基壬酮、環己酮、2-己酮、 2,4-戊烷二酮、丙酮基丙酮、乙醯苯、葑酮 物; 乙醯丙酮、2,4-己烷二酮、2,4-庚烷二_ 酮、2,4-辛烷二酮、3 ,5-辛烷二酮、2,4-壬院 烷二酮、5-甲基-2,4-己烷二酮、2,2,6,6-四I • 二酮、1,1,1,5,5,5-六氟-2,4-庚烷二酮等之β_ 。此等的酮化合物,可使用1種或組合2種』 作爲上述醯胺化合物,可列舉例如甲醋 !-乙基己二醇- 丙二醇等之多 二醇單丙基醚 醇單苯基醚、 、二乙二醇單 基醚、二乙二 基醚、丙二醇 基醚、二丙二 化合物的部分 2種以上使用 甲基乙基酮、 、甲基-i-丁基 1-己基酮、二-甲基環己酮、 等之單酮化合 1、3,5-庚烷二 二酮、3,5-壬 甲基_3,5_庚烷 二酮化合物等 d上使用。 胺、N -甲基甲 -62- 200927727 醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N-乙基甲醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲 醯胺、乙醯胺、N-甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、Ν·乙 , 基乙醯胺、Ν,Ν -二乙基乙醯胺、Ν_甲基丙醯胺、Ν_甲基吡 咯院酮、Ν -甲酶基嗎啉、Ν -甲酿基峨陡、N-甲醯基啦略院 、Ν -乙醯基嗎啉、Ν -乙醯基哌啶、Ν -乙酿基啦略院等。此 等醯胺化合物,可使用1種或組合2種以上使用。 作爲上述酯化合物’可列舉例如二乙基碳酸醋 '碳酸 ^ 乙烯、碳酸丙烯、碳酸二乙酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、γ-戊內酯、乙酸η-丙酯、乙酸i_丙酯、乙酸n-丁 醋、乙酸i-丁醋、乙酸sec-丁酯、乙酸η·戊酯、乙酸sec-戊酯、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸甲酯戊酯、乙酸2_乙基丁 酯、乙酸2-乙基己酯、乙酸苄酯、乙酸環己酯、乙酸甲酯 環己酯、乙酸η-壬酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、乙 酸乙二醇單甲基醚、乙酸乙二醇單乙基醚、乙酸二乙二醇 單甲基醚、乙酸二乙二醇單乙基醚、乙酸二乙二醇單-η-丁 〇 基醚、乙酸丙二醇單甲基醚、乙酸丙二醇單乙基醚、乙酸 丙二醇單丙基醚、乙酸丙二醇單丁基醚、乙酸二丙二醇單 甲基醚、乙酸二丙二醇單乙基醚、二乙酸乙二醇酯、乙酸 甲氧基三乙二醇酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸η-丁酯、丙酸i-戊酯 ' 、草酸二乙酯、草酸二-η-丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳 酸η-丁酯、乳酸η-戊酯、丙二酸二乙酯、苯二甲酸二甲酯 ' 、苯二甲酸二乙酯等。此等酯化合物,可使用1種或組合 2種以上使用。 作爲上述其他非質子性化合物,可列舉例如乙腈、二 -63-Examples of the above alcohol compound include methanol, ethanol, η-propanol, i-propanol, η-butanol, i-butanol, sec-butanol, t-butanol, η-pentanol, and i-pentanol. 2-methylbutanol, sec-pentanol, t-pentanol, 3-methoxybutanol, η-hexanol, 2-methylpentanol, sec-hexanol, 2-ethylbutanol, sec -heptanol, heptanol-3, η-octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, sec-octanol, n-nonanol, 2,6-dimethylheptanol-4, η-nonanol, sec- Undecyl alcohol, trimethyl decyl alcohol, sec-tetradecyl alcohol, sec-heptadecanol, phenol, cyclohexanol, methylcyclohexanol, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanol, Monool compound such as benzyl alcohol or diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, pentanediol-2,4, 2-methyl-61 - 200927727-based pentanediol- 2,4, hexanediol-2,5, heptanediol-2,4,2 1,3, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tri-quot; alkoxide compound; Monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene diethylene glycol mono-2-ethyl butyl ether, diethylene glycol single Methyl ether ethyl ether, diethylene Monopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutanol monohexyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethanol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl A polyol ether or the like of a group ether or the like. As such an alcohol compound, one type or a combination of hydrazine may be used as the ketone compound, and examples thereof include acetone, methyl-η-propyl ketone, methyl-n-butyl ketone, diethyl ketone ketone, and methyl group. Η-amyl ketone, ethyl-η-butyl ketone, methyl 〇i-butyl ketone, trimethyl fluorenone, cyclohexanone, 2-hexanone, 2,4-pentanedione, acetonyl Acetone, acetophenone, anthrone; acetoacetone, 2,4-hexanedione, 2,4-heptanedioxanone, 2,4-octanedione, 3,5-octanedione , 2,4-oxananedione, 5-methyl-2,4-hexanedione, 2,2,6,6-tetra-I-dione, 1,1,1,5,5,5 - β_ of hexafluoro-2,4-heptanedione or the like. These ketone compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The above-described guanamine compound may, for example, be a polyglycol monopropyl ether alcohol monophenyl ether such as methyl acetonate-ethylhexyl glycol-propylene glycol or the like. And two or more kinds of diethylene glycol monoether, diethylenediyl ether, propylene glycol ether, and dipropylene compound use methyl ethyl ketone, methyl-i-butyl 1-hexyl ketone, and two- Methylcyclohexanone, a monoketone compound such as 1,3,5-heptanediedone, and a 3,5-fluorenylmethyl-3,5-heptanedione compound are used. Amine, N-methylmethyl-62- 200927727 decylamine, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-ethylformamide, N,N-diethylformamide, acetamide, N- Methylacetamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, Ν·B, acetylamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethylacetamide, hydrazine-methyl propylamine, Ν-methylpyrrole Ketone, Ν-methyl morpholine, Ν-甲 峨 峨 steep, N-methyl 啦 啦 院 Ν, Ν - acetyl morpholine, Ν - acetyl hydrazine, Ν - 乙Slightly hospital and so on. These guanamine compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the above ester compound include, for example, diethyl carbonate vinegar, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, diethyl carbonate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, and η-propyl acetate. Ester, i-propyl acetate, n-butyl vinegar acetate, i-butyl vinegar acetate, sec-butyl acetate, η-amyl acetate, sec-amyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl acetate Amyl ester, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, benzyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, η-decyl acetate, methyl acetate, acetonitrile Ethyl ester, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-η- Butyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, two Ethylene glycol acetate, methoxytriethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, η-butyl propionate, i-pentyl propionate, diethyl oxalate, Acid di-η-butyl ester, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, η-butyl lactate, η-amyl lactate, diethyl malonate, dimethyl phthalate', diethyl phthalate, etc. . These ester compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the other aprotic compound include acetonitrile and di-63-.

200927727 甲基亞颯、>^川,>^’,:^’-四乙基磺醯胺、六甲基磷酸 、N-甲基嗎啉、N-甲基吡咯、N-乙基吡咯、N-甲I 略琳、N -甲基峨陡、N -乙基哌陡、N,N-二甲基哌増 ' 基咪唑、N-甲基-4-哌啶酮、N-甲基-2-哌啶酮、N_ . 吡咯烷酮、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啉酮、1,3-二甲基p 1H )-嘧啶酮等。 此等溶劑中,以多元醇化合物、多元醇化合牧 〇 醚或酯化合物爲特別佳。 作爲其他聚砂氧垸的合成時所使用的水量,相 料矽烷化合物所具有的烷氧基及鹵素原子的總量的 ’較佳爲 0.5~100莫耳,更佳爲 1〜30莫耳,再 1〜1 .5莫耳。 作爲其他聚矽氧烷的合成時可使用的觸媒,可 如金屬螯合化合物、有機酸、無機酸、有機鹼、氨 屬化合物等。 作爲上述金屬螯合化合物,可列例舉如三乙章 (乙醯丙酮)鈦、三-η-丙氧基.單(乙醯丙酮)鈦 丙氧基•單(乙醯丙酮)鈦、三-η_ 丁氧基•單(乙 )鈦、三-sec-丁氧基•單(乙醯丙酮)鈦、三·t_7 單(乙醯丙酮)鈦、二乙氧基•雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦 丙氧基•雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦、二-i -丙氧基.雙(乙 )鈦、二-η-丁氧基•雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦、二-sec-了 雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦 '二-t-丁氧基•雙(乙醯丙酮) 乙氧基•參(乙醯丙酮)鈦、單-η -丙氧基•參(乙 三醯胺 ;-Δ3-吡 、Ν-甲 甲基-2- 氫-2 ( 的部分 對於原 1莫耳 更佳爲 列舉例 、鹼金 基•單 、二-i - 酿丙酮 氧基· 、二 _ η - 醯丙酮 氧基· 鈦、單 醯丙酮 • 64 - 200927727200927727 Methyl sulfoxide, >^川,>^',:^'-tetraethylsulfonamide, hexamethylphosphoric acid, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpyrrole, N-ethylpyrrole , N-methyl Illene, N-methyloxime, N-ethylpiperid, N,N-dimethylpiperidinyl imidazole, N-methyl-4-piperidone, N-methyl 2-piperidone, N_. pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-dimethyl p 1H )-pyrimidinone, and the like. Among these solvents, a polyol compound or a polyol compound ketone ether or ester compound is particularly preferred. As the amount of water used in the synthesis of other polyoxalates, the total amount of the alkoxy group and the halogen atom of the decane compound is preferably from 0.5 to 100 mol, more preferably from 1 to 30 mol. 1 to 1.5 m. The catalyst which can be used in the synthesis of other polyoxyalkylene can be, for example, a metal chelate compound, an organic acid, an inorganic acid, an organic base, an ammonia compound or the like. As the above metal chelate compound, there may be mentioned, for example, a triacetate (acetonitrile) titanium, a tri-n-propoxy group, a mono(acetonitrile) titanium propoxy group, a mono(acetonitrile) titanium, and a third. -η_butoxy•mono(b)titanium, tris-sec-butoxy•mono(acetamidineacetone)titanium, tris-t_7 mono(acetonitrile)titanium, diethoxy•bis(acetamidineacetone) Titanium propoxy bis (acetonitrile) titanium, di-i-propoxy. bis(B) titanium, di-η-butoxy bis(acetonitrile) titanium, two-sec-double ( Ethyl acetonide) Titanium 'di-t-butoxy bis (acetamidine acetonide) ethoxy group ginseng (acetamidine acetonide) titanium, mono-η-propoxy group ginseng (ethylene tridecylamine; -Δ3- Pyridine, hydrazine-methylmethyl-2-hydrogen-2 (part of the original 1 molar is more preferred as an example, alkali gold-based, mono-, di-i-pyruvyloxy, bis-n-indolyl oxyfluoride) Base · Titanium, Monoterpenoids • 64 - 200927727

)鈦、單-i-丙氧基•參(乙醯丙酮)鈦、單-η-丁氧基•參 (乙醯丙酮)鈦、單-sec-丁氧基•參(乙醯丙酮)鈦、 單-t-丁氧基•參(乙醯丙酮)鈦、肆(乙醯丙酮)鈦、三 乙氧基•單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、三-η-丙氧基•單(乙 基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、三-i-丙氧基•單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯) 鈦、三-η-丁氧基•單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、三-sec-丁氧 基•單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、三-t-丁氧基•單(乙基乙 醯乙酸酯)鈦、二乙氧基•雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、二-n-丙氧基•雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、二-i-丙氧基•雙( 乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、二-η-丁氧基•雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯 )鈦、二-sec-丁氧基•雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、二-t-丁 氧基•雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、單乙氧基•參(乙基乙 醯乙酸酯)鈦、單-η-丙氧基•參(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、 單-i-丙氧基•參(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、單-η-丁氧基•參 (乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、單-sec-丁氧基•參(乙基乙醯乙 酸酯)鈦、單-t-丁氧基•參(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、肆( 乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、單(乙醯丙酮)參(乙基乙醯乙酸 酯)鈦、雙(乙醯丙酮)雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、參( 乙醯丙酮)單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦等之鈦螯合化合物; 三乙氧基•單(乙醯丙酮)锆、三-η-丙氧基•單(乙醯丙 酮)锆、三-i-丙氧基•單(乙醯丙酮)鉻、三-η-丁氧基· 單(乙醯丙酮)锆、三-sec-丁氧基•單(乙醯丙酮)锆、 三-t-丁氧基•單(乙醯丙酮)銷、二乙氧基•雙(乙醯丙 酮)锆、二-η-丙氧基•雙(乙醯丙酮)鍩、二-i-丙氧基· -65- 200927727Titanium, mono-i-propoxy-parameter (acetonitrile) titanium, mono-η-butoxy-parade (acetonitrile) titanium, mono-sec-butoxy-paraben (acetonitrile) titanium , mono-t-butoxy ginseng (acetonitrile) titanium, ruthenium (acetonitrile) titanium, triethoxy methoxy (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, tri-n-propoxy Mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, tri-i-propoxy-mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, tri-n-butoxy-mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) Titanium, tri-sec-butoxy mono(ethylacetate acetate) titanium, tri-t-butoxy mono(ethylacetate acetate) titanium, diethoxy•double (B Acetylacetate) titanium, di-n-propoxy bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, di-i-propoxy bis(ethyl acetamidine acetate) titanium, two -η-butoxy•bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, di-sec-butoxy•bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, di-t-butoxy•double (B Acetyl acetate) titanium, monoethoxy ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, mono-η-propoxy ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, single-i- Propyloxy• (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, mono-η-butoxy ginseng (ethyl acetamidine acetate) titanium, mono-sec-butoxy ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium , mono-t-butoxy ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, lanthanum (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, mono (acetyl acetonide) ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium a titanium chelate compound such as bis(acetonitrile) bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, ginseng (acetoxime) mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium; triethoxyl mono( Ethyl acetonide) zirconium, tri-n-propoxy-mono(acetonitrile) zirconium, tri-i-propoxy-mono(acetonitrile) chromium, tris-n-butoxy-single Acetone) zirconium, tris-sec-butoxy mono(acetonitrile) zirconium, tri-t-butoxy mono(acetonitrile) pin, diethoxy bis(acetonitrile) zirconium, -η-propoxy-bis(acetamidineacetone) oxime, di-i-propoxy-65-200927727

雙(乙醯丙酮)锆、二-η-丁氧基•雙(乙醯丙酮)鍩、 二- sec-丁氧基•雙(乙醯丙酮)鉻、二-t-丁氧基•雙(乙 醯丙酮)锆、單乙氧基•參(乙醯丙酮)锆、單-η-丙氧基 •參(乙醯丙酮)锆、單-i-丙氧基•參(乙醯丙酮)鍩、 單-η-丁氧基•參(乙醯丙酮)鍩、單-sec-丁氧基•參(乙 醯丙酮)锆、單-t-丁氧基•參(乙醯丙酮)锆、肆(乙醯 丙酮)锆、三乙氧基•單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鍩、三-η-丙 氧基•單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)銷、三-i-丙氧基•單(乙基 乙醯乙酸酯)銷、三-η-丁氧基•單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆 、三- sec-丁氧基•單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、三-t-丁氧基 •單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、二乙氧基•雙(乙基乙醯乙 酸酯)鈷、二-η-丙氧基•雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、二-i-丙氧基•雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、二-η-丁氧基•雙(乙 基乙醯乙酸酯)鍩、二-sec-丁氧基•雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯 )锆、二-t-丁氧基•雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鍩、單乙氧基 •參(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鍩、單-η-丙氧基•參(乙基乙醯 乙酸酯)锆、單-i-丙氧基•參(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、 單-η-丁氧基•參(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、單-sec-丁氧基· 參(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)銷、單-t-丁氧基•參(乙基乙醯乙 酸酯)鉻、肆(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)銷、單(乙醯丙酮)參 (乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、雙(乙醯丙酮)雙(乙基乙醯乙 酸酯)锆、參(乙醯丙酮)單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆等之 锆螯合化合物; 參(乙醯丙酮)鋁、參(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鋁等之鋁 -66 - 200927727 螯合化合物等。 作爲上述有機酸’可列舉例如乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、戊 酸、己酸、庚酸、辛酸、壬酸、癸酸、草酸、馬來酸、甲 基丙二酸、己二酸、癸二酸、没食子酸、酪酸、苯六甲酸 . 、花生浸烯酸、莽草酸、2-乙基己酸、油酸、硬脂酸、亞 油酸、亞麻酸、水楊酸、苯甲酸、p -胺基苯甲酸、p -甲苯 磺酸、苯磺酸、單氯乙酸、二氯乙酸、三氯乙酸、三氟乙 0 酸、甲酸、丙二酸、磺酸、苯二甲酸、富馬酸、枸櫞酸、 酒石酸等。 作爲上述無機酸’可列舉例如鹽酸、硝酸、硫酸、氫 氟酸、磷酸等。 作爲上述有機鹼,可列舉例如吡啶、吡咯、哌嗪、吡 咯烷、哌啶、甲基吡啶、三甲胺、三乙胺、單乙醇胺、二 乙醇胺、二甲基單乙醇胺、單甲基二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、 二氮雜雙環辛烷、二氮雜雙環壬烷、二氮雜雙環十一碳烯 〇 、氫氧化四甲基銨等。 作爲上述鹼金屬化合物,可列舉例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧 化鉀、氫氧化鋇、氫氧化鈣等。 此等觸媒’可使用1種或可2種以上一起使用。 此等觸媒中,以金屬螯合化合物、有機酸或無機酸爲 佳’更佳爲鈦螯合化合物或有機酸。 觸媒的使用量,相對於原料矽烷化合物1〇〇重量份, 較佳爲0.001〜10重量份,更佳爲0.001〜1重量份。 其他聚矽氧烷的合成時所添加的水,係斷續的或連續 -67- 200927727 地添加於原料之矽烷化合物中或將矽烷化合物溶解於有機 溶劑.的溶液中。 觸媒,係可預先添加於原料之矽烷化合物中或將矽烷 化合物溶解於有機溶劑的溶液中,或使其溶解或分散於所 添加的水中備用。Bis(acetylacetone)zirconium, di-n-butoxy•bis(acetoxime)oxime, di-sec-butoxy•bis(acetamidineacetone)chromium, di-t-butoxy•bis ( Ethyl acetonide, zirconium, monoethoxyl, ginseng (acetonitrile) zirconium, mono-η-propoxy oxy-p-(acetonitrile) zirconium, mono-i-propoxy ginseng (acetylacetone) 鍩, mono-η-butoxy ginseng (acetamidine oxime) oxime, mono-sec-butoxy ginseng (acetonitrile) zirconium, mono-t-butoxy ginseng (acetyl acetonide) zirconium, hafnium (acetonitrile) zirconium, triethoxyl-mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) oxime, tri-n-propoxy-mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) pin, tri-i-propoxy Mono-(ethylacetamidine acetate) pin, tri-n-butoxy-mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium, tris-s-butoxy-mono(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) Ester)zirconium, tris-t-butoxy mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium, diethoxy bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) cobalt, di-n-propoxy group (ethylethanoacetate) zirconium, di-i-propoxy bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium, di-η-butoxy•bis(ethylacetamidine) Ester) bismuth, di-sec-butoxy bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium, di-t-butoxy bis(ethyl acetamidine acetate) oxime, monoethoxylate参(ethylacetamidine acetate) 鍩, mono-η-propoxy ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) zirconium, mono-i-propoxy ginseng (ethyl acetamidine acetate) Zirconium, mono-η-butoxy• ginseng (ethyl acetamidine acetate) zirconium, mono-sec-butoxy ginseng (ethyl acetamidine acetate) pin, mono-t-butoxy group Sodium (ethyl acetoacetate) chromium, hydrazine (ethyl acetoacetate) pin, mono (acetonitrile) ginseng (ethyl acetoacetate) zirconium, bis (acetamidine) bis ( Zirconium chelate compound such as ethyl acetoacetate) zirconium, ginseng (acetonitrile) mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium; ginseng (acetonitrile) aluminum, ginseng (ethyl acetoacetic acid) Ester) Aluminum such as aluminum-66 - 200927727 Chelating compounds and the like. Examples of the organic acid' include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, heptanoic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, capric acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, methylmalonic acid, adipic acid, and anthracene. Diacid, gallic acid, butyric acid, mellitic acid., arachidonic acid, shikimic acid, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, oleic acid, stearic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, salicylic acid, benzoic acid, p -Aminobenzoic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, monochloroacetic acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, formic acid, malonic acid, sulfonic acid, phthalic acid, fumaric acid , citric acid, tartaric acid, etc. The inorganic acid' may, for example, be hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrofluoric acid or phosphoric acid. Examples of the organic base include pyridine, pyrrole, piperazine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, picoline, trimethylamine, triethylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, dimethylmonoethanolamine, and monomethyldiethanolamine. Triethanolamine, diazabicyclooctane, diazabicyclononane, diazabicycloundecene, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and the like. Examples of the alkali metal compound include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, and calcium hydroxide. These catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these catalysts, a metal chelate compound, an organic acid or an inorganic acid is preferred, and a titanium chelate compound or an organic acid is more preferred. The amount of the catalyst used is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by weight, more preferably 0.001 to 1 part by weight, based on 1 part by weight of the raw material decane compound. The water added during the synthesis of the other polyoxyalkylene is intermittently or continuously added to the decane compound of the starting material or dissolved in a solution of the organic solvent. The catalyst may be previously added to the raw material decane compound or the decane compound may be dissolved in a solution of the organic solvent, or dissolved or dispersed in the added water for use.

作爲其他聚矽氧烷的合成時的反應溫度,較佳爲 0〜100°C,更佳爲15〜80°c。反應時間,較佳爲0.5〜24小 時,更佳爲1〜8小時。 [其他聚合物的含有比例] 本發明的液晶配向劑,同時含有前述的本發明的肉桂 酸含有聚矽氧烷與其他聚合物時,作爲其他聚合物的含量 ,相對於敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷100重量份,1 0,000重 量份以下較佳。其他聚合物之較佳含量,依其他聚合物的 種類而不同。 〇 本發明的液晶配向劑,爲含有敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧 烷、以及由聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺所成的群所選出的至少1 種的聚合物者時,兩者之較佳的使用比例,係相對於敏輻 射線性聚有機矽氧烷1 00重量份,聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺的 合計量爲100〜5,000重量份較佳,200~2,000重量份更佳 〇 ' 另一方面,本發明的液晶配向劑,爲含有敏輻射線性 聚有機矽氧烷及其他聚矽氧烷者時,兩者之較佳的使用比 例,相對於本發明的肉桂酸含有聚矽氧烷100重量份,其 -68- 200927727 他聚矽氧烷之量爲1 00〜2,000重量份。 本發明的液晶配向劑,同時含有敏輻射線性聚有機矽 氧烷與其他聚合物時,作爲其他聚合物的種類,以由聚醯 胺酸及聚醯亞胺所成的群所選出的至少1種的聚合物、或 其他聚矽氧烷較佳。 <硬化劑、硬化觸媒及硬化促進劑>The reaction temperature at the time of synthesis of the other polyoxyalkylene is preferably 0 to 100 ° C, more preferably 15 to 80 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 0.5 to 24 hours, more preferably from 1 to 8 hours. [Content ratio of other polymers] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains the above-mentioned cinnamic acid containing polysiloxane and other polymers, and the content of the other polymer is linear with respect to the sensitive radiation. 100 parts by weight of oxygen is preferably 10 parts by weight or less. The preferred content of other polymers will vary depending on the type of other polymer. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a polymer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane and a group of poly-proline and polyimine. A preferred ratio of use is 100 parts by weight relative to the sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane, and the total amount of polyamic acid and polyimine is preferably 100 to 5,000 parts by weight, more preferably 200 to 2,000 parts by weight. On the other hand, when the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a linear radiation-containing polyorganosiloxane and other polyoxanes, the preferred ratio of use thereof is different from that of the cinnamic acid of the present invention. 100 parts by weight of oxyalkylene, which is -68-200927727, and the amount of polyoxyalkylene is from 100 to 2,000 parts by weight. When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane and other polymers, as a kind of other polymer, at least one selected from the group consisting of poly-proline and polyimine. Polymers or other polyoxyalkylenes are preferred. <hardener, hardening catalyst and hardening accelerator>

上述硬化劑及硬化觸媒,以使敏輻射線性聚有機政氧 烷的交聯反應更堅固爲目的而可含於本發明的液晶配向劑 ,上述硬化促進劑,以促進硬化劑所掌管的硬化反應爲目 的而可含於本發明的液晶配向劑。 作爲上述硬化劑,可使用一般在含有具有環氧基的硬 化性化合物或具有環氧基的化合物之硬化性組成物的硬化 時所使用的硬化劑,可列舉例如多元胺、多元羧酸酐、多 元羧酸。 Q 作爲上述多元羧酸酐,可列舉例如環己烷三羧酸的無 水物及其他多元羧酸酐。 環己烷三羧酸酐的具體例子,可列舉例如環己烷-1,3,4-三羧酸-3,4-無水物、環己烷-1,3,5-三羧酸-3,5-酐、 環己烷-1,2,3-三羧酸-2,3-酸酐等,作爲其他多元羧酸酐, 可列舉例如4 -甲基四氫苯二甲酸酐、甲基納迪克酸酐、十 ' 二碳烯基琥珀酐、琥珀酸酐、馬來酸酐、苯二甲酸酐、偏 苯三酸酐、下述式(5 ) -69- 200927727The above-mentioned hardener and hardening catalyst may be contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention for the purpose of making the cross-linking reaction of the sensitive radiation linear polyorgano oxane stronger, and the hardening accelerator may be used to promote hardening of the hardening agent. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may be contained for the purpose of the reaction. As the curing agent, a curing agent which is generally used in the curing of a curable composition containing a curable compound having an epoxy group or a compound having an epoxy group, and examples thereof, for example, a polyamine, a polycarboxylic acid anhydride, and a polyvalent compound can be used. carboxylic acid. Q The above-mentioned polycarboxylic acid anhydride may, for example, be a water-free substance of cyclohexanetricarboxylic acid or another polyvalent carboxylic acid anhydride. Specific examples of the cyclohexane tricarboxylic anhydride include, for example, cyclohexane-1,3,4-tricarboxylic acid-3,4-anhydride, cyclohexane-1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid-3, 5-anhydride, cyclohexane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid-2,3-anhydride, etc., and other polycarboxylic acid anhydrides, for example, 4-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, methyl nadic anhydride , ten'-dienyl succinic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, the following formula (5) -69- 200927727

(式(5 )中,r爲1〜20的整數。) 所表示的化合物及聚醯胺酸的合成一般所使用的四殘酸二 0 酐之外,α-萜品烯、別蘿勒烯等之具有共軛雙鍵的脂環式 化合物與馬來酸酐之狄爾斯•阿德耳反應生成物及此等的 氫添加物等。 作爲上述硬化觸媒,可列舉例如6氟化銻化合物' 6 氟化磷化合物、鋁參乙醯丙酮等。此等的觸媒可藉由加熱 催化環氧基的陽離子聚合。 作爲上述硬化促進劑,可列舉例如咪唑化合物; 4級磷化合物; Q 4級胺化合物; 如1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]十一碳烯-7或其有機酸鹽之 二氮雜雙環鏈烯; 如辛酸鋅、辛酸錫、鋁乙醯丙酮錯合物之有機金屬化 ' 合物; 如三氟化硼、硼酸三苯酯之硼化合物;如氯化鋅、氯 • 化錫之金屬鹵化合物、 如二氰二醯胺、胺與環氧樹脂的加成物之胺加成型促 進劑等之高融點分散型潛在性硬化促進劑; -70- 200927727 將4級鱗鹽等之表面用聚合物被覆的微膠囊型潛在性 硬化促進劑; 胺鹽型潛在性硬化劑促進劑; 如路易士酸鹽、布朗斯台德酸鹽之高溫解離型的熱陽 離子聚合型潛在性硬化促進劑等。 <環氧化合物>(In the formula (5), r is an integer of from 1 to 20.) The compound represented by the synthesis of polyamine and the tetrahydro acid phthalic anhydride generally used, α-terpinene and allo-leene An alicyclic compound having a conjugated double bond, a Diels Alder reaction product of maleic anhydride, a hydrogen additive or the like. Examples of the curing catalyst include a 6-fluorinated ruthenium compound '6 phosphorus fluoride compound, aluminum ginsengacetone, and the like. These catalysts can be cationically polymerized by heating the catalytic epoxy group. The hardening accelerator may, for example, be an imidazole compound; a 4-grade phosphorus compound; a Q 4 amine compound; such as 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 or an organic acid salt thereof Azabicycloalkenes; organometallic compounds such as zinc octoate, tin octoate, and aluminum acetylacetone complex; boron compounds such as boron trifluoride or triphenyl borate; such as zinc chloride, chlorine a high melting point dispersion type latent hardening accelerator for a metal halide compound of tin, such as dicyandiamide, an amine addition accelerator of an amine and an epoxy resin; -70- 200927727 A microcapsule-type latent hardening accelerator coated with a polymer; an amine salt-type latent hardener accelerator; a thermal cationic polymerization type latent type such as a Lewis acid salt or a Bronsted acid salt Hardening accelerator, etc. <epoxy compound>

上述環氧化合物,由提高由本發明的液晶配向劑所形 成的液晶配向膜對基板表面的接著性之觀點而言可使用。 作爲環氧化合物,較佳者可列舉例如乙二醇二縮水甘 油基醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油基 醚、三丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚 、新戊二醇二縮水甘油基醚、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油基醚 、甘油二縮水甘油基醚、2,2-二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油基 醚、1,3,5,6-四縮水甘油基-2,4-己二醇、Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四縮水 〇 甘油基-m-二甲苯二胺、1,3-雙(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基胺基甲 基)環己烷、:^,:1^,:^’,:^’-四縮水甘油基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基 甲烷、Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基-苄基胺、Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基-胺 基甲基環己烷等。此等環氧化合物的使用比例,相對於聚 合物的合計(稱爲敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷及其他聚合物 的合計,以下相同)1 00重量份,較佳爲40重量份以下, * 更佳爲0.1〜30重量份。 <官能性矽烷化合物> -71 - 200927727The epoxy compound can be used from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion of the liquid crystal alignment film formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention to the surface of the substrate. Preferred examples of the epoxy compound include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, and polypropylene glycol diglycidyl glycol. Ethyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1 ,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν', Ν'-tetrahydromethane glyceryl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis(Ν , Ν-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, :^,:1^,:^',:^'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, hydrazine , hydrazine-diglycidyl-benzylamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidyl-aminomethylcyclohexane, and the like. The ratio of use of these epoxy compounds is 100 parts by weight, preferably 40 parts by weight or less, based on the total of the polymers (referred to as the total of the radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane and other polymers). More preferably, it is 0.1 to 30 parts by weight. <Functional decane compound> -71 - 200927727

作爲上述作爲官能性矽烷化合物,可列舉例如3 -胺基 丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙 基三甲氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N- (2-胺基 乙基)-3 -胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-( 2 -胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、 3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基三甲 氧基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-三乙氧基甲矽烷基丙基三乙撐三胺、N-三甲氧基甲矽烷基 丙基三乙撐三胺、10-三甲氧基甲矽烷基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸 烷、10-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、9-三甲氧基 甲矽烷基-3,6 -二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、9 -三乙氧基甲矽烷基_ 3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、N-苄基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷 、N-苄基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N·苯基-3-胺基丙基 三甲氧基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-雙 (氧基伸乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-雙(氧基 伸乙基)-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等。 此等官能性矽烷化合物的使用比例,相對於聚合物的 合計100重量份,較佳爲4重量份以下。 <界面活性劑> 作爲上述界面活性劑,可列舉例如非離子界面活性劑 、陰離子界面活性劑、陽離子界面活性劑、兩性界面活性 劑、聚矽氧烷界面活性劑、聚環氧化物界面活性劑、含氟 界面活性劑等。 -72- 200927727 本發明的液晶配向劑含有界面活性劑時’作爲其含有 比例,相對於液晶配向劑的全體1 00重量份,較佳爲1 〇 • 重量份以下,更佳爲1重量份以下。 <液晶配向劑> 本發明的液晶配向劑,如上述,含有敏輻射線性聚有 機矽氧烷作爲必須成分,此外必要時含有其他成分,較佳 0 係以各成分被溶解於有機溶劑的溶液狀的組成物而調製。 作爲可使用於調製本發明的液晶配向劑之有機溶劑, 溶解敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷及任意所使用的其他成分, 不與此等反應者較佳。 本發明的液晶配向劑中較佳可使用的有機溶劑,依任 意所添加的其他聚合物的種類而不同。 本發明的液晶配向劑含有敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷及 由聚醯胺酸與聚醯亞胺所成的群所選出的至少1種的聚合 〇 物時,作爲較佳的有機溶劑,可列舉作爲使用於聚醯胺酸 的合成反應所列舉的溶劑。其中,亦可適當選擇可作爲可 _ 併用於聚醯胺酸的合成反應時所列舉的弱溶劑。 作爲此時可使用的特別佳的有機溶劑,可列舉N-甲 « 基-2-吡咯烷酮、γ-丁內酯、γ-丁內醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯 胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基乙醯胺、4-羥基-4·甲基-2-戊酮、乙二醇 ' 單甲基醚、乳酸丁酯、乙酸丁酯、甲基甲氧基丙酸酯、乙 基乙氧基丙酸酯、乙二醇甲基醚、乙二醇乙基醚、乙二 醇-η-丙基醚、乙二醇小丙基醚、乙二醇-η-丁基醚(丁基 -73- 200927727 溶纖劑)、乙二醇二甲基醚、乙二醇乙基醚 二醇二甲基醚、二乙二醇二乙基醚、二乙二 ' 二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸 ·· 單乙基醚乙酸酯、異戊基丙酸酯、異戊基異 _ 戊基醚等。此等可單獨使用,或可混合2種 另一方面,本發明的液晶配向劑,僅含 聚有機矽氧烷作爲聚合物時,或含有敏輻射 〇 氧烷及其他聚矽氧烷時,作爲較佳的有機溶 如1-乙氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇單乙基醚、丙 、丙二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇單乙酸酯、二丙 二丙二醇乙基醚、二丙二醇丙基醚、二丙二 乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇 二醇單丁基醚(丁基溶纖劑)、乙二醇單戊 單己基醚、二乙二醇、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、 酸酯、丙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、丁基涪纖劑乙酸 〇 醇、乙基卡必醇、丙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇 、乙酸i-丙酯、乙酸n_丁酯、乙酸i-丁酯、 . 、乙酸n-戊醋、乙酸sec-戊醋、乙酸3 -甲氧 甲酯戊酯、乙酸2-乙基丁酯、乙酸2-乙基己 、乙酸η-己酯、乙酸環己酯、乙酸辛酯、乙 異戊酯等。此中較佳爲、乙酸η-丙酯、乙酸 η-丁酯、乙酸i_丁酯、乙酸sec-丁酯、乙酸 sec-戊酯等。 本發明的液晶配向劑中固形分濃度(液 乙酸酯、二乙 醇單甲基醚、 酯、二乙二醇 丁酸酯、二異 以上使用。 有敏輻射線性 線性聚有機矽 劑,可列舉例 二醇單丙基醚 二醇甲基醚、 醇二甲基醚、 單丙基醚、乙 基醚、乙二醇 乙基溶纖劑乙 酯、甲基卡必 、乙酸η-丙酯 乙酸sec-丁醋 基丁酯、乙酸 酯、乙酸苄酯 酸戊酯、乙酸 i-丙酯、乙酸 η-戊酯、乙酸 晶配向劑中的 -74- 200927727The above-mentioned functional decane compound may, for example, be 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane or 2-aminopropylpropane. Triethoxy decane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyl dimethyl Oxydecane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxydecane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-ethoxyl Carbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-triethoxymethylidenepropyltriethylenetriamine, N-trimethoxymethylidenepropyltriethylenetriamine, 10-trimethyl Oxymethalin-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-triethoxycarbamido-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxycarbamido-3 ,6-diazaindolyl acetate, 9-triethoxyformamidinyl-3,6-diazaindolyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane , N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxy Silane, N- bis (oxy extending ethyl) -3-aminopropyl trimethoxy Silane, N- bis (oxy extending ethyl) -3-aminopropyl triethoxy silane-like. The ratio of use of the functional decane compound is preferably 4 parts by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the total of the polymer. <Interacting Agent> Examples of the surfactant include a nonionic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, a polyoxyalkylene surfactant, and a polyepoxide interface. Active agent, fluorine-containing surfactant, and the like. -72-200927727 When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content thereof is preferably 1 part by weight or less, more preferably 1 part by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the total of the liquid crystal alignment agent. . <Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains, as described above, a radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane as an essential component, and if necessary, other components, preferably 0, in which each component is dissolved in an organic solvent. It is prepared by a solution-like composition. As the organic solvent which can be used for preparing the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the radiation sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane and any other components used are preferably not preferred. The organic solvent which can be preferably used in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention differs depending on the kind of other polymer to be added. When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane and at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyphthalic acid and polyimine, it is preferably a preferred organic solvent. The solvent exemplified as the synthesis reaction used for polylysine is listed. Among them, a weak solvent which can be used as a synthetic solvent for the synthesis reaction of polylysine can also be appropriately selected. As a particularly preferable organic solvent which can be used at this time, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, γ-butylide, N,N-dimethylformamide, hydrazine, Ν-dimethylacetamide, 4-hydroxy-4.methyl-2-pentanone, ethylene glycol 'monomethyl ether, butyl lactate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxy propionate, B Ethyl ethoxy propionate, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether, ethylene glycol-η-propyl ether, ethylene glycol small propyl ether, ethylene glycol-η-butyl ether Butyl-73- 200927727 Cellulite), ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethylene glycol Ethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate · monoethyl ether acetate, isoamyl propionate, isoamyl iso-pentyl ether, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination. On the other hand, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains only polyorganosiloxane as a polymer, or contains a sensitizing siloxane and other polyoxyalkylene. Preferred organic solvents such as 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propane, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monoacetate, dipropylene dipropylene glycol ethyl ether, dipropylene glycol propyl ether , dipropylene diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol glycol monobutyl ether (butyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol monopentyl ether, diethylene glycol, A Cellosolve acetate, acid ester, propyl cellosolve acetate, butyl fluorene fiber acetate sterol, ethyl carbitol, propyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, acetic acid i- Propyl ester, n-butyl acetate, i-butyl acetate, ., n-pentyl acetate, sec-pentyl acetate, 3-methoxymethyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, acetic acid 2- Ethylhexyl, η-hexyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, octyl acetate, ethyl isoamyl ester, and the like. Preferred among these are η-propyl acetate, η-butyl acetate, i-butyl acetate, sec-butyl acetate, sec-amyl acetate, and the like. The solid concentration of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention (liquid acetate, diethanol monomethyl ether, ester, diethylene glycol butyrate, diiso or higher. Sensitive radiation linear linear polyorganoquinone, can be listed Examples of diol monopropyl ether glycol methyl ether, alcohol dimethyl ether, monopropyl ether, ethyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl cellosolve ethyl ester, methyl carbamide, acetic acid η-propyl acetate Sec-butyl butyl acrylate, acetate, amyl benzyl acetate, i-propyl acetate, η-amyl acetate, acetic acid crystal alignment agent -74- 200927727

溶劑以外的成分的合計重量佔液晶配向劑的全重量之比例 ),考量黏性、揮發性等而選擇,較佳的固形分濃度爲 1~10重量%的範圍。亦即,本發明的液晶配向劑被塗佈於 基板表面,成爲液晶配向膜之塗膜被形成,但固形分濃度 低於1重量%時,此塗膜的膜厚過小則很難得到優良的液 晶配向膜,固形分濃度超過10重量%時,塗膜的膜厚過大 則同樣地很難得到優良的液晶配向膜,此外,液晶配向劑 的黏性增大而成爲塗佈特性變差者。 特別佳的固形分濃度的範圍,依於基板上塗佈液晶配 向劑時所採用的方法而不同,例如藉由旋轉法時,以 1.5〜4.5重量%的範圍爲特別佳;藉由印刷法時,使固形分 濃度爲 3〜9重量%的範圍,藉此使溶液黏度成爲 12〜5 OmPa · s的範圍爲特別佳;藉由噴墨法時,使固形分 濃度爲 1〜5 重量%的範圍,藉此使溶液黏度成爲 3〜15mPa · s的範圍爲特別佳。 調製本發明的液晶配向劑時的溫度,較佳爲 0°C 〜2 0 0°C、更佳爲 20°C 〜60°C。 <液晶配向膜的形成方法> 本發明的液晶配向劑,可適用於藉由光配向法形成液 晶配向膜。 作爲形成液晶配向膜之方法,可列舉例如於基板上塗 佈本發明的液晶配向膜而形成塗膜,接著於該塗膜藉由光 配向法賦予液晶配向能之方法。 -75- 200927727 首先’在被設置了圖型狀的透明導電膜之基板的透明 導電膜側’將本發明的液晶配向劑,例如藉由輥軋塗佈法 、旋轉法、印刷法、噴墨法等之適宜的塗佈方法塗佈,例 -· 如以40〜250°C的溫度加熱0.1〜120分鐘而形成塗膜。塗膜 . 的膜厚’以溶劑除去後的厚度而言,較佳爲0.001〜Ιμπι, 更佳爲0.005〜0.5 μιη。 作爲前述基板,可使用例如浮法玻璃、鈉鈣玻璃之玻 0 璃、如聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二醇酯、 聚醚楓、聚碳酸酯、聚(脂環式烯烴)之由塑膠所成的透 明基板等。 作爲前述透明導電膜,可使用由Sn02所成的NESA 膜、由In2〇3-Sn02所成的ITO膜等。此等的透明導電膜 的圖型化’可使用光•蝕刻法或形成透明導電膜時使用遮 罩之方法等。 接著’可對前述塗膜照射經直線偏光或經部分偏光的 ❹ 放射線或者無偏光的放射線,必要時再以1 5 0~2 5 0。(:的溫 度較佳進行1〜120分鐘加熱處理,賦予液晶配向能而成爲 . 液晶配向膜。其中’作爲放射線,例如可使用含有 150~800nm的波長的光之紫外線及可見光線,含有 3 00~40 0nm的波長的光之紫外線爲佳,含有3〇0nm以上而 低於365nm的波長的光之紫外線爲較佳。本發明的液晶配 • 向劑’因爲不會有爲波長365nm以上的長波長區域的光引 起光反應’故具有可在步驟上無不佳狀況下進行液晶面板 的製造,此外’對於液晶面板使用時中背光的光亦具有長 -76- 200927727 期間的安定性之優點。 放射線爲直線偏光或部分偏光時,照射可由垂直於基 板面的方向進行’亦可爲了賦予預傾角而從斜面方向進行 ’此外’亦可組合此等而進行。照射無偏光的放射線時, 照射的方向必須爲斜面方向。The ratio of the total weight of the components other than the solvent to the total weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent is selected in consideration of viscosity, volatility, etc., and a preferable solid content concentration is in the range of 1 to 10% by weight. In other words, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied to the surface of the substrate to form a coating film of the liquid crystal alignment film. However, when the solid content concentration is less than 1% by weight, it is difficult to obtain an excellent film thickness of the coating film. In the liquid crystal alignment film, when the solid content is more than 10% by weight, if the film thickness of the coating film is too large, it is difficult to obtain an excellent liquid crystal alignment film, and the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent is increased to deteriorate coating properties. The range of the particularly preferable solid content concentration differs depending on the method used for coating the liquid crystal alignment agent on the substrate, and is particularly preferably in the range of 1.5 to 4.5% by weight by the spin method; The solid content concentration is in the range of 3 to 9 wt%, whereby the solution viscosity is particularly preferably in the range of 12 to 5 OmPa·s; and the solid content concentration is 1 to 5 wt% by the inkjet method. The range is such that the viscosity of the solution is particularly preferably in the range of 3 to 15 mPa·s. The temperature at which the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is prepared is preferably 0 ° C to 2 0 ° C, more preferably 20 ° C to 60 ° C. <Method of Forming Liquid Crystal Alignment Film> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be suitably used to form a liquid crystal alignment film by a photo-alignment method. The method of forming the liquid crystal alignment film may, for example, be a method of forming a coating film by coating the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention on a substrate, and then applying a liquid crystal alignment energy to the coating film by a photo-alignment method. -75-200927727 First, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied to the transparent conductive film side of the substrate on which the pattern-shaped transparent conductive film is provided, for example, by a roll coating method, a spin method, a printing method, or an ink jet method. Coating by a suitable coating method such as the method, for example, is carried out by heating at a temperature of 40 to 250 ° C for 0.1 to 120 minutes to form a coating film. The film thickness of the coating film is preferably 0.001 to Ιμπι, more preferably 0.005 to 0.5 μm, in terms of the thickness after solvent removal. As the substrate, for example, glass of float glass, soda lime glass, such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyether maple, polycarbonate, poly ( An alicyclic olefin) a transparent substrate made of plastic or the like. As the transparent conductive film, a NESA film made of Sn02, an ITO film made of In2〇3-Sn02, or the like can be used. The patterning of these transparent conductive films can be performed by a photo-etching method or a method of using a mask when forming a transparent conductive film. Then, the coating film may be irradiated with linearly polarized or partially polarized ❹ radiation or non-polarized radiation, and if necessary, further 150 to 250. (The temperature of the film is preferably heat-treated for 1 to 120 minutes to impart a liquid crystal alignment energy to the liquid crystal alignment film. In the case of radiation, for example, ultraviolet light and visible light having a wavelength of 150 to 800 nm can be used, and 300% is contained. Ultraviolet light having a wavelength of about 40 nm is preferable, and ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 3 〇 0 nm or more and less than 365 nm is preferable. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention does not have a wavelength of 365 nm or longer. The light in the wavelength region causes photoreaction. Therefore, the liquid crystal panel can be manufactured without any disadvantage in the step, and the light of the backlight in the use of the liquid crystal panel also has the advantage of stability during the period from -76 to 200927727. When the radiation is linearly polarized or partially polarized, the irradiation may be performed in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the substrate, or may be performed in order to impart a pretilt angle from the oblique direction. Further, when the radiation is not polarized, the irradiation is performed. The direction must be the direction of the bevel.

作爲放射線的照射量,較佳爲 U/m2以上而低於 10,OOOJ/m2,更佳爲i〇~3,OOOJ/m2。再者,先前技術已知 之對由液晶配向劑所形成的塗膜藉由光配向法賦予液晶配 向能時,須要1 0,000J/m2以上的放射線照射量,惟使用本 發明的液晶配向劑,光配向法時的放射線照射量即使低於 3,000J/m2以下,更爲l,〇〇〇J/m2以下,特別是800J/m2以 下,亦可賦予優良的液晶配向性,有助於液晶顯示元件的 製造成本的減少。 <液晶顯示元件的製造方法> 〇 使用本發明的液晶配向劑所形成的液晶顯示元件,例 如可依下述作法而製造。 準備1對(2片)依上述的作法形成有液晶配向膜之 基板,使此等所具有的液晶配向膜,在所照射的直線偏光 ' 放射線的偏光方向成爲所定的角度下對向,基板之間的周 邊部用密封劑進行密封,注入、充塡液晶,封閉液晶注入 ' 口而構成液晶胞。接著,希望將液晶胞加熱至所使用的液 晶成爲等方相(isotropic phase )之溫度爲止後,冷卻至 室溫,去除注入時的流動配向。 -77- 200927727 然後,於其兩面上,可藉由使偏光板在其偏光方向與 各自成爲基板的液晶配向膜的配向容易軸成所定的角度下 ’ 進行貼合,成爲液晶顯示元件。 液晶配向膜爲水平配向性時,於形成有液晶配向膜之 2片的基板’藉由調整所照射的直線偏光放射線的偏光方 向所成的角度及各基板與偏光板的角度,可得到具有TN 型或STN型液晶胞之液晶顯示元件。 0 另一方面,液晶配向膜爲垂直配向性時,於形成有液 晶配向膜之2片的基板,在配向容易軸的方向成爲平行下 構成胞’而且’使偏光板在其偏光方向與配向容易軸成爲 45°的角度下進行貼合’可成爲具有垂直配向型液晶胞之 液晶顯示元件。 作爲前述密封劑,例如可使用含有作爲間隔(spacer )的氧化鋁球及硬化劑之環氧樹脂等。 作爲前述液晶,可使用例如向列型液晶、層列型液晶 〇 等,爲TN型液晶胞或STN型液晶胞時,具有形成向列型 液晶之正的介電各向異性者較佳,例如使用聯苯系液晶、 苯基環己烷系液晶、酯系液晶、聯三苯系液晶、聯苯環己 烷系液晶、嘧啶系液晶、二噁烷系液晶、雙環辛烷系液晶 、立方烷系液晶等。此外前述液晶中,可再添加氯化膽固 醇、膽固醇基壬酸酯、膽固醇基碳酸酯等之膽固醇液晶; 以商品名C-15、CB-15(MELC公司製)販售之當手性分 子劑(Chiral agent) ; p-癸氧基亞苄-P-胺基_2_甲基丁基 肉桂酸酯等之強介電性液晶等後使用。 -78- 200927727 另一方面’垂直配向型液晶胞時,具有 晶之負的介電各向異性者較佳,例如可使用 ’ 晶、噠嗪系液晶、席夫鹼型系液晶、氧化偶 -· 聯苯系液晶、苯基環己烷系液晶等。 作爲液晶胞的外側所使用的偏光板,可 維素保護膜挾持一邊延伸配向聚乙烯基醇一 稱爲「Η膜」的偏光膜之偏光板或由η膜本 0 板等。 因此所製造的本發明的液晶顯示元件, 長期信賴性等之諸性能優異者。 【實施方式】 實施例 以下,藉由實施例更具體地說明本發明 不限制於此等的實施例。 〇 以下的實施例中,重量平均分子量,係 中藉由凝膠滲透色譜法所測量的聚苯乙烯換 管柱:東曹(股)製、TSKgelGRCXLII 溶劑:四氫呋喃 溫度:40°C 壓力:68kgf/cm2 • 環氧當量,係依據JIS C2105的“鹽酸一 ”所測量。 以下的合成例,必要時藉由重複下述的 形成向列型液 二氰基苯系液 氮基系液晶、 列舉以乙酸纖 邊吸收碘之被 身所成的偏光 係顯示特性、 ,但本發明並 於以下的條件 算値。 甲基乙基酮法 合成規模,確 -79- 200927727 保之後的合成例及實施例所使用的必要量的生成物。 <具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的合成> 合成例1 於具備攪拌機、溫度計、滴下漏斗及迴流具備冷卻管 的反應容器中’裝入2- (3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基 砍院lOO.Og、甲基異丁基酮500g及三乙胺i〇.〇g,於室溫 〇 混合’接著’經由滴下漏斗用30分鐘滴下脫離子水100g 後,在迴流下持續混合’以8 0 °C使其反應6小時,反應結 束後’取出有機層’藉由0 · 2重量%硝酸銨水溶液洗淨至 洗淨後的水呈中性爲止後’在減壓下藉由蒸飽去除溶劑及 水’以黏稠的透明液體得到具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷 EPS-1。 關於此聚有機矽氧烷EPS-1,進行1H-NMR分析的結 果’確認在化學位移(δ ) =3.2ppm附近得到如理論強度 〇 之基於環氧基的波峰,反應中未引起環氧基的副反應。 此聚有機矽氧烷EPS-1的黏度、Mw及環氧當量列示 於表1。 合成例2及3 除了使裝塡原料如表1所示以外,與合成例1同樣作 法’各自以黏稠的透明液體得到具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧 烷 EPS-2 及 3。 此等的聚有機矽氧烷的Mw及環氧當量列示於表1。 -80- 200927727 合成例4 ' 於具備攪拌機及溫度計之反應容器,裝入異丙醇150g ,. 、氫氧化四甲基銨的10重量%水溶液5.4g (含有氫氧化 四甲基錢5.93mmol及水270mmol)及水12g後,緩慢加 入γ-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基砂院42.5g ( 180mmol), 於室溫繼續地攪拌20小時而進行反應。 〇 反應結束後,於反應混合物中加入甲苯200g,減壓下 去除異丙醇,對殘留物,用分液漏斗用蒸餾水洗淨反應溶 液,重複用蒸餾水的洗淨直到分液漏斗的水層呈中性爲止 後,分取出有機層,用無水硫酸鈉脫水後,藉由在減壓下 蒸餾去除甲苯,得到具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷EPS-4。 此聚有機矽氧烷EPS-4的重量平均分子量Mw及環氧 當量列示於表1。 再者,表1中’原料矽烷化合物的簡稱,各自爲下述 Q 之意。 ECETS: 2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷 MTMS :甲基三甲氧基矽烷 PTMS :苯基三甲氧基矽烷 GPTMS: 3_環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷 -81 200927727 表1 具有環氧基的聚 有機矽氧烷名稱 原料矽烷化合物(g) Mw 環氧當量 (g/莫耳) ECETS MTMS PTMS GPTMS 合成例1 EPS-1 100 0 0 0 2,200 186 合成例2 EPS-2 80 20 0 0 2,500 210 合成例3 EPS-3 80 0 20 0 2,000 228 合成例4 EPS-4 0 0 0 42.5 3,000 183 <肉桂酸衍生物(1)的合成> Ο [上述式(2-1 )所表示的化合物的合成] 合成例2-1 ( 1 ) 依照下述流程The irradiation amount of the radiation is preferably U/m2 or more and less than 10,000 J/m2, more preferably i〇~3, OOOJ/m2. Further, when the coating film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent is known to impart liquid crystal alignment energy by a photo-alignment method, it is required to have a radiation exposure amount of 10,000 J/m 2 or more, but the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used. In the case of the alignment method, the radiation exposure amount is less than 3,000 J/m 2 or less, more preferably 〇〇〇J/m 2 or less, and particularly 800 J/m 2 or less, and excellent liquid crystal alignment property can be imparted to contribute to the liquid crystal display element. The cost of manufacturing is reduced. <Manufacturing Method of Liquid Crystal Display Element> 液晶 A liquid crystal display element formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be produced, for example, by the following method. Prepare one pair (two pieces) of the substrate on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed by the above-described method, and the liquid crystal alignment film which is provided thereon is opposed to the polarized light of the linearly polarized light emitted at a predetermined angle, and the substrate The peripheral portion is sealed with a sealant, injected and filled with liquid crystal, and the liquid crystal is injected into the mouth to form a liquid crystal cell. Next, it is desirable to heat the liquid crystal cell until the liquid crystal used is at an isotropic phase temperature, and then cool to room temperature to remove the flow alignment at the time of injection. -77-200927727 Then, the polarizing plate can be bonded to the liquid crystal display element by bonding the polarizing plate in a direction in which the polarizing plate is aligned with the alignment of the liquid crystal alignment film which becomes a substrate. When the liquid crystal alignment film is horizontally aligned, the substrate "on the two substrates in which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed" can be obtained by adjusting the angle formed by the polarization direction of the linearly polarized radiation and the angle between each substrate and the polarizing plate. Liquid crystal display element of type or STN type liquid crystal cell. On the other hand, when the liquid crystal alignment film has a vertical alignment property, the two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed are formed in parallel in the direction in which the alignment is easy to form, and the polarizing plate is easily aligned in the polarizing direction and alignment. When the shaft is bonded at an angle of 45°, it can be a liquid crystal display element having a vertical alignment type liquid crystal cell. As the sealant, for example, an epoxy resin containing an alumina ball as a spacer and a curing agent can be used. As the liquid crystal, for example, a nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, or the like can be used. When it is a TN type liquid crystal cell or an STN type liquid crystal cell, it is preferable to have a positive dielectric anisotropy for forming a nematic liquid crystal, for example. Use biphenyl liquid crystal, phenylcyclohexane liquid crystal, ester liquid crystal, ditriphenyl liquid crystal, biphenyl cyclohexane liquid crystal, pyrimidine liquid crystal, dioxane liquid crystal, bicyclooctane liquid crystal, cuba Liquid crystal, etc. Further, in the liquid crystal, a cholesteric liquid crystal such as cholesterol chloride, cholesteryl phthalate or cholesteryl carbonate may be further added; a chiral molecular agent sold under the trade names of C-15 and CB-15 (manufactured by MELC) (Chiral agent); a strong dielectric liquid crystal such as p-decyloxybenzylidene-P-amino-2-methylbutyl cinnamate or the like is used later. -78- 200927727 On the other hand, in the case of 'vertical alignment type liquid crystal cell, it is preferable to have negative dielectric anisotropy of crystal, for example, 'crystal, azine-based liquid crystal, Schiff base type liquid crystal, oxidized couple- · Biphenyl liquid crystal, phenylcyclohexane liquid crystal, etc. The polarizing plate used for the outer side of the liquid crystal cell is a polarizing plate or a η film-based polarizing plate which is oriented to extend a polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film called a "ruthenium film". Therefore, the liquid crystal display element of the present invention produced is excellent in performance such as long-term reliability. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention is not limited to the examples described above by way of examples. 〇 In the following examples, the weight average molecular weight is a polystyrene column measured by gel permeation chromatography: Tosoh Co., TSKgelGRCXLII Solvent: Tetrahydrofuran Temperature: 40 ° C Pressure: 68 kgf / Cm2 • Epoxy equivalent, measured according to JIS C2105 “Hydrochloric acid one”. In the following synthesis examples, if necessary, the formation of a nematic liquid dicyanobenzene-based liquid nitrogen-based liquid crystal, and a polarized light-based display characteristic in which an iodine is absorbed by an acetic acid fiber, is repeated. The invention is based on the following conditions. The synthesis was carried out by the methyl ethyl ketone method, and the necessary amount of the product used in the synthesis examples and the examples after the protection was confirmed from -79 to 200927727. <Synthesis of polyorganosiloxane having epoxy group> Synthesis Example 1 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) was charged in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, and a reflux tube equipped with a cooling tube. Ethyltrimethoxy chopping lOO.Og, methyl isobutyl ketone 500g, and triethylamine i〇.〇g, mixed at room temperature, 'then', after dropping 100g of deionized water through the dropping funnel for 30 minutes, Continuous mixing under reflux was carried out at 80 ° C for 6 hours. After the reaction was completed, the 'extracted organic layer' was washed with a 0.2% by weight aqueous solution of ammonium nitrate until the washed water became neutral. The polyorganooxy oxane EPS-1 having an epoxy group is obtained by removing the solvent and water by evaporation under reduced pressure to obtain a viscous transparent liquid. The results of 1H-NMR analysis of this polyorganooxynonane EPS-1 confirmed that an epoxy group-based peak having a theoretical strength 〇 was obtained in the vicinity of the chemical shift (δ) = 3.2 ppm, and no epoxy group was caused in the reaction. Side reaction. The viscosity, Mw and epoxy equivalent of this polyorganoboxane EPS-1 are shown in Table 1. Synthesis Examples 2 and 3 In the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that the materials for the mounting were used, the polyorganosiloxanes EPS-2 and 3 having an epoxy group were each obtained in a viscous transparent liquid. The Mw and epoxy equivalents of these polyorganosiloxanes are shown in Table 1. -80-200927727 Synthesis Example 4' In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer, 150 g of isopropanol, 5.4 g of a 10% by weight aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (containing tetramethylammonium hydroxide 5.93 mmol) After 270 mmol of water and 12 g of water, 42.5 g (180 mmol) of γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxy sand pot was slowly added, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 20 hours to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, 200 g of toluene was added to the reaction mixture, and isopropanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was washed with distilled water using a separating funnel, and washed with distilled water until the aqueous layer of the separating funnel was After the neutralization, the organic layer was taken out, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then toluene was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a polyorganooxane EPS-4 having an epoxy group. The weight average molecular weight Mw and epoxy equivalent of this polyorganoboxane EPS-4 are shown in Table 1. Further, the abbreviations of the raw material decane compounds in Table 1 are each represented by the following Q. ECETS: 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane MTMS: methyltrimethoxydecane PTMS: phenyltrimethoxydecane GPTMS: 3_glycidoxypropyltrimethoxy Decane-81 200927727 Table 1 Polyorganosiloxane with epoxy group name Raw material decane compound (g) Mw Epoxy equivalent (g/mole) ECETS MTMS PTMS GPTMS Synthesis Example 1 EPS-1 100 0 0 0 2,200 186 Synthesis Example 2 EPS-2 80 20 0 0 2,500 210 Synthesis Example 3 EPS-3 80 0 20 0 2,000 228 Synthesis Example 4 EPS-4 0 0 0 42.5 3,000 183 <Synthesis of cinnamic acid derivative (1) > Synthesis of the compound represented by the above formula (2-1)] Synthesis Example 2-1 (1) According to the following scheme

CH=CH-COOH 乙酸CH=CH-COOH acetic acid

Ο 0"21/==\Ο 0"21/==\

T N—^ CH=CH-COOH Ο (2-1-1-1) ,合成化合物(2 -1 -1 -1 )。 於具備迴流管之200mL的日本茄型燒瓶中,裝入癸基 琥珀酸酐12g、4-胺基肉桂酸8.2g及乙酸100mL,在2小 時迴流下進行反應。反應結束後,用乙酸乙酯萃取反應混 合物,有機層用水洗淨,用硫酸鎂乾燥後,二氧化矽管柱 進行純化,再藉由以乙醇及四氫呋喃的混合溶劑進行再結 -82- 200927727 晶,得到1 〇 g的化合物(2 -1 -1 -1 )的白色結晶(純度 98.0% ),將此處所得到的化合物,以下稱爲「化合物( 2-1-1-1 ( 1))」° 合成例2-1 ( 2 ) 依照下述流程T N—^ CH=CH-COOH Ο (2-1-1-1), the compound (2 -1 -1 -1 ) was synthesized. In a 200 mL Japanese eggplant type flask equipped with a reflux tube, 12 g of mercapto succinic anhydride, 8.2 g of 4-aminocinnamic acid and 100 mL of acetic acid were charged, and the reaction was carried out under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then purified, and then purified, and then re-suppleed with a mixed solvent of ethanol and tetrahydrofuran -82-200927727 The white crystal (purity: 98.0%) of the compound (2 -1 -1 -1 ) of 1 〇g was obtained, and the compound obtained here, hereinafter referred to as "compound (2-1-1-1 (1))" ° Synthesis Example 2-1 ( 2 ) Follow the procedure below

h2nH2n

CH=CH-COOH N(Et)3 Ο L N—^ ^-CH=CH-COOH 〇 (2-1-1-1〉CH=CH-COOH N(Et)3 Ο L N—^ ^-CH=CH-COOH 〇 (2-1-1-1>

,藉由與上述合成例2-1 (1)不同的其他方法,合成化合 物(2-1-1-1 )。 於具備迴流管、氮導入管及Dean-Stark管之1L的日 本茄型燒瓶中,裝入癸基琥珀酸酐72 g、4-胺基肉桂酸 49g、三乙胺 70mL、甲苯 5 00mL及四氫呋喃 200mL,在 3 6小時迴流下進行反應。反應結束後,反應混合物用稀鹽 酸及水順序地進行洗淨後,將有機層用硫酸鎂乾燥,進行 濃縮,再藉由使用由乙醇及四氫呋喃所成的混合溶劑進行 再結晶,得到72g的化合物(2-1-1-1 )的白色結晶(純度 99% ),此處所得到的化合物,以下稱爲「化合物(2-1- -83- 200927727 1-1 ( 2 )) 合成例2-1 ( 3 ) 依照下述流程The compound (2-1-1-1) was synthesized by another method different from the above Synthesis Example 2-1 (1). In a Japanese eggplant type flask equipped with a reflux tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, and a Dean-Stark tube, 72 g of mercapto succinic anhydride, 49 g of 4-aminocinnamic acid, 70 mL of triethylamine, 500 mL of toluene, and 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran were charged. The reaction was carried out under reflux for 36 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was washed successively with dilute hydrochloric acid and water, and then the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and recrystallized from a solvent mixture of ethanol and tetrahydrofuran to give 72 g of compound. White crystal of (2-1-1-1) (purity: 99%), the compound obtained here, hereinafter referred to as "compound (2-1-83-200927727 1-1 (2)) Synthesis Example 2-1 (3) follow the process below

Pd(PPh3)4 CH2=CH-COOHPd(PPh3)4 CH2=CH-COOH

Ci〇H2iCi〇H2i

Ο CH=CH-COOH 0 (2-1-1-1) ,藉由與上述合成例2-1 ( 1 )及2-,合成化合物(2 -1 -1 -1 )。 (化合物(2-1-1-1 A )的合成) 於具備迴流管之500mL的日本 琥珀酸酐24g、4-碘苯胺22g及乙g 流下進行反應。反應結束後,反應 1 ( 2 )不同的其他方法 琉型燒瓶中,裝入癸基 隻200mL,在5小時迴 混合物用乙酸乙酯萃取 -84- 200927727 ,有機層用水洗淨,用硫酸鎂乾燥後,濃縮、乾固’藉由 用乙醇進行再結晶,得到3 3 g的化合物(2-1 -1 -1 A )。 (化合物(2 -1 -1 -1 )的合成)Ο CH=CH-COOH 0 (2-1-1-1), Compound (2 -1 -1 -1 ) was synthesized by the above Synthesis Example 2-1 (1) and 2-. (Synthesis of Compound (2-1-1-1 A)) The reaction was carried out by dissolving 24 mL of Japanese succinic anhydride (24 g), 22 g of 4-iodoaniline and B g in a reflux tube. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction of 1 (2) was carried out in a different type of flask, and only 200 mL of the sulfhydryl group was charged. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate for 5 hours, and the organic layer was washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate. Thereafter, concentration and drying were carried out by recrystallization from ethanol to obtain 3 3 g of a compound (2-1 -1 -1 A ). (Synthesis of Compound (2 -1 -1 -1 ))

於具備氮導入管、溫度計之1L的三口燒瓶中,裝入 上述所得到的化合物(2-1-1-1A) 26_4g及肆三苯基膦鈀 1.38g,燒瓶內進行氮置換,於其中’將經乾燥及脫氣的 丙烯酸4.8mL、三乙胺25mL及N,N-二甲基甲醯胺600mL 用注射器加入,以90 °C攪拌3小時進行反應。反應結束後 ,將反應混合物注入用冰進行冰冷的稀鹽酸水溶液,再加 入乙酸乙酯進行分液,將有機層藉由稀鹽酸、硫代硫酸鈉 水溶液及水順序地進行洗淨後,用硫酸鎂乾燥,用二氧化 矽管柱純化,再藉由使用由乙醇及四氫呋喃所成的混合溶 劑進行再結晶,得到4.2g的化合物(2-1-1-1 )的白色結 晶(純度9 8.0 % ),此處所得到的化合物,以下稱爲「化 合物(2-1-1-1 ( 3 ))」。 合成例2-1 ( 4) 於上述合成例2-1(1)中’除了取代癸基琥珀酸酐而 使用18g的十八烷基琥珀酸酐之外’與合成例2-1 (1)同 樣地實施,得到1 2g的下述式Into a three-necked flask equipped with a nitrogen introduction tube and a thermometer, 1 to 4 g of the obtained compound (2-1-1-1A) and 1.38 g of ruthenium triphenylphosphine palladium were placed, and the inside of the flask was replaced with nitrogen. 4.8 mL of dried and deaerated acrylic acid, 25 mL of triethylamine, and 600 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide were added by a syringe, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 3 hours to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into a dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid solution which was ice-cooled with ice, and then ethyl acetate was added to conduct liquid separation. The organic layer was washed successively with dilute hydrochloric acid, aqueous sodium thiosulfate and water, and then sulfuric acid was used. The magnesium was dried, purified by a ruthenium dioxide column, and recrystallized by using a mixed solvent of ethanol and tetrahydrofuran to obtain 4.2 g of a white crystal of the compound (2-1-1-1) (purity of 9 8.0 %). The compound obtained here is hereinafter referred to as "compound (2-1-1-1 (3))". Synthesis Example 2-1 (4) In the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2-1 (1), except that 18 g of octadecyl succinic anhydride was used in place of the substituted decyl succinic anhydride in the above Synthesis Example 2-1 (1) Implemented to obtain 1 2g of the following formula

CH=CH——COOH (2-1-1-2) -85- 200927727 所表示的化合物(2- 1 -1 -2 )的白色結晶(純度9 8.5 % )。 [上述式(2-2)所表示的化合物的合成] 合成例2-2 ( 1 ) 依照下述流程CH=CH——COOH (2-1-1-2) -85- 200927727 The white crystal of the compound (2- 1 -1 -2 ) (purity: 98.5 %). [Synthesis of the compound represented by the above formula (2-2)] Synthesis Example 2-2 (1) According to the following scheme

(2-2-1-1A) SOCI2(2-2-1-1A) SOCI2

C2F5C3H6-〇HC2F5C3H6-〇H

ο UC^nhO^' 0 δ-2-Ι-ΙΒ)ο UC^nhO^' 0 δ-2-Ι-ΙΒ)

Pd(Ph3)4 CH2=CH-COOHPd(Ph3)4 CH2=CH-COOH

O 〇2「5〇3Η6-O 〇 2 "5〇3Η6-

I T N—^ CH=CH-COOH O ¢-2-1-1) ,合成化合物(2-2-1-1)。 -86- 200927727 (化合物(2-2-l-lA)的合成) ' 於具備迴流管的500mL的日本茄型燒瓶中,裝入環己 ·. 烷-1,2,4-三羧酸酐30g、4-碘苯胺33g及乙酸200mL,2 小時迴流下進行反應。反應結束後,於反應混合物中加入 乙酸乙酯後,水洗有機層,以硫酸鎂乾燥,濃縮後,藉由 以乙醇進行再結晶,得到31g的化合物(2-2-1-1A)的灰 Q 色結晶。 (化合物(2-2-1-1B)的合成) 於具備迴流管、氮導入管的1 OOmL的日本茄型燒瓶中 ,裝入上述所得到的化合物(2 -2 -1 -1 A ) 1 5 g、氯化亞硫 醯20mL及N,N-二甲基甲醯胺O.lmL,以80°C進行1小時 反應。反應結束後,減壓下去除氯化亞硫醯,於殘留物中 加入二氯甲烷,將有機層用水及飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液順序 〇 地進行洗淨’接著,將有機層用硫酸鎂乾燥,減壓下去除 二氯甲烷後,加入四氫呋喃80mL。 . 上述以外另於具備滴下漏斗、溫度計、氮導入管的 20〇1^的三口燒瓶中,裝入4,4,5,5,5-五氟戊醇6.88、吡 陡6.5mL及四氫呋喃20mL後冰冷,於其中,滴下含有上 述化合物(2-2-1-1A)與氯化亞硫酿的反應物之四氫咲喃 溶液’冰冷下再攪拌3小時進行反應。反應結束後’反應 混合物用乙酸乙酯、稀鹽酸及水順序地洗淨,將有機層以 硫酸鎂乾燥,濃縮後,藉由以乙醇進行再結晶,得到1 4 g -87- 200927727 的化合物(2-2-1-1B)的灰色結晶° (化合物(2 -2 -1 -1 )的合成) 於具備氮導入管、溫度計的500mL的三口燒瓶中’裝 入上述所得到的化合物(2-2-1-1B) 14g、丙烯酸1.8mL、 三乙胺llmL、肆三苯基膦鈀〇.46g及N,N-二甲基甲醯胺 2 5 0 m L,經脫氣後,以9 0 °C進行3小時反應。反應結束後 ,於反應混合物中加入乙酸乙酯,用稀鹽酸及水順序地洗 淨,對有機層用二氧化矽管柱進行純化後濃縮,藉由用甲 醇進行再結晶,得到純度98%之9.0g的化合物(2-2-1-1 )的白色結晶。 合成例2-2 ( 2 ) 依照下述流程I T N —^ CH=CH-COOH O ¢-2-1-1) , the compound (2-2-1-1) was synthesized. -86-200927727 (Synthesis of Compound (2-2-l-lA)) 'In a 500 mL Japanese eggplant type flask equipped with a reflux tube, cyclohexyl-1,2,4-tricarboxylic anhydride 30 g was charged. Further, 33 g of 4-iodoaniline and 200 mL of acetic acid were reacted under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture, and the organic layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated, and then recrystallized from ethanol to obtain 31 g of ash Q of compound (2-2-1-1A). Color crystal. (Synthesis of the compound (2-2-1-1B)) The above-obtained compound (2 -2 -1 -1 A ) was placed in a 100 mL Japanese eggplant type flask equipped with a reflux tube and a nitrogen introduction tube. 5 g, 20 mL of sulfinium chloride and 0.1 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide were reacted at 80 ° C for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, the thionyl chloride was removed under reduced pressure, and dichloromethane was added to the residue, and the organic layer was washed with water and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate. After removing the dichloromethane under reduced pressure, 80 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added. In addition, the above-mentioned three-necked flask equipped with a dropping funnel, a thermometer, and a nitrogen introduction tube was charged with 4,4,5,5,5-pentafluoropentanol 6.88, pyridine 6.5 mL, and tetrahydrofuran 20 mL. It was ice-cooled, and a tetrahydrofuran solution containing the reaction product of the above compound (2-2-1-1A) and thionyl chloride was dropped, and the mixture was stirred under ice cooling for 3 hours to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was washed successively with ethyl acetate, dilute hydrochloric acid and water, and the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated, and then recrystallized from ethanol to give compound (1 4 g - 87 - 200927727) Gray crystal of 2-2-1-1B) (synthesis of compound (2 -2 -1 -1 )) In the 500 mL three-necked flask equipped with a nitrogen introduction tube and a thermometer, the compound obtained above was loaded (2- 2-1-1B) 14g, 1.8mL of acrylic acid, llmL of triethylamine, 肆triphenylphosphine palladium ruthenium.46g and N,N-dimethylformamide 2 50 m L, after degassing, to 9 The reaction was carried out for 3 hours at 0 °C. After the completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was washed successively with dilute hydrochloric acid and water. The organic layer was purified and purified with ruthenium dioxide column, and concentrated by methanol to give a purity of 98%. 9.0 g of the white crystal of the compound (2-2-1-1). Synthesis Example 2-2 ( 2 ) According to the following procedure

-88 - 200927727-88 - 200927727

,合成化合物(2-2-1-2 )。 (化合物(2-2-1-2A)的合成) 於具備迴流管之200mL的日本茄型燒瓶中,裝入環己 烷-1,2,4-三羧酸酐12§、氯化亞硫醯3〇1111^及]^,>}-二甲基 甲醯胺0.1 mL,以80°C迴流1小時下進行反應。反應結束 後,於減壓下去除氯化亞硫醯,於殘留物中加入二氯甲烷 ’有機層用飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液及水順序地進行洗淨後, 用硫酸鎂乾燥,濃縮、乾固後,加入四氫呋喃成爲溶液。 另一方面,於具備滴下漏斗、溫度計及氮導入管之 3 00mL的三口燒瓶中,裝入β_膽甾烷醇19g、吡啶s.OmL 及甲苯l〇〇mL,用冰浴冷卻,於其中,緩慢地滴下含有上 述的環己烷-1,2,4-三羧酸酐與氯化亞硫醯的反應物之四氫 呋喃溶液後,於室溫再攪拌4小時進行反應。反應結束後 ’用乙酸乙酯進行萃取,水洗有機層,用硫酸鎂乾燥後, 用由乙酸乙酯及己烷所成的混合溶劑進行再結晶,得到 1 8g 的化合物(2-2-1-2A)。 (化合物(2-2-1-2)的合成) -89- 200927727 於具備Dean-Stark管的200mL的日本前型燒瓶中, 裝入上述所得到的化合物(2-2-1-2A ) 1 lg、4-胺基肉桂酸 3.3g、三乙胺O.lmL及甲苯100mL,3小時迴流下進行反 應。反應結束後,反應混合物用水洗淨,有機層用硫酸鎂 乾燥後,藉由用由乙酸乙酯及四氫呋喃所成的混合溶劑進 行再結晶,得到6 · 1 g的化合物(2 - 2 -1 - 2 )的白色結晶( 純度 9 9 · 2 % )。 〇 [上述式(3-2)所表示的化合物的合成] 合成例3-2 ( 1 ) 依照下述流程, the compound (2-2-1-2) was synthesized. (Synthesis of Compound (2-2-1-2A)) In a 200 mL Japanese eggplant type flask equipped with a reflux tube, cyclohexane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic anhydride 12 §, thionyl chloride was charged. 3〇1111^ and ]^,>}-dimethylformamide 0.1 mL, and the reaction was carried out by refluxing at 80 ° C for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, the thionyl chloride was removed under reduced pressure, and dichloromethane was added to the residue. The organic layer was washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and water, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried. Thereafter, tetrahydrofuran was added to make a solution. On the other hand, in a three-necked flask equipped with a dropping funnel, a thermometer, and a nitrogen introduction tube, 19 g of β-cholestyl alcohol, pyridine s.OmL, and toluene l〇〇mL were placed, and cooled in an ice bath. The tetrahydrofuran solution containing the above-mentioned reaction product of cyclohexane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic anhydride and thionyl chloride was slowly dropped, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 4 hours to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then recrystallized from ethyl acetate and hexane to give 18 g of compound (2-2-1- 2A). (Synthesis of Compound (2-2-1-2)) -89-200927727 In a 200 mL Japanese front flask equipped with a Dean-Stark tube, the compound (2-2-1-2A) obtained above was charged. 3.3 g of lg, 4-aminocinnamic acid, 0.1 mL of triethylamine and 100 mL of toluene were reacted under reflux for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was washed with water, and the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, and then recrystallized from ethyl acetate and tetrahydrofuran to give 6.1 g of compound (2 - 2 -1 - 2) White crystals (purity 9 9 · 2 %). 〇 [Synthesis of the compound represented by the above formula (3-2)] Synthesis Example 3-2 (1) According to the following scheme

CH=CH—COOHCH=CH—COOH

〇2ν_Ό~ I K2c〇3 I cf3c3h6-i 〇2N_〇~ CH=CH—丨 CH=CH_COOC3H6CF3 (3-2-1-1A)〇2ν_Ό~ I K2c〇3 I cf3c3h6-i 〇2N_〇~ CH=CH—丨 CH=CH_COOC3H6CF3 (3-2-1-1A)

ch=ch-cooc3h6cf3 P-2-1-1B)Ch=ch-cooc3h6cf3 P-2-1-1B)

ch=ch-cooc3h6cf3 P-2-1-1) -90- 200927727 ,合成化合物(3-2-1-1 )。 ' (化合物(3-2-1-1A)的合成) ·. 於具備溫度計及氮導入管的3 00mL的三口燒瓶中,裝 入4-硝基肉桂酸9.7§、4,4,4-三氟-1-碘丁烷12§、碳酸鉀 14g及1-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮150mL,以50°C攪拌1小時進行 反應。反應結束後,於反應混合物中加入乙酸乙酯進行萃 0 取,水洗萃取液,用硫酸鎂乾燥後,藉由濃縮、乾固,得 到1 4 g的化合物(3 - 2 -1 -1 A )。 (化合物(3-2-1-1B)的合成) 於具備溫度計及氮導入管之3 OOmL的三口燒瓶中,裝 入上述所得到的化合物(3-2-1-1A ) 14g、氯化錫2水合 物53g及乙醇150mL,以70°C攪拌1小時而進行反應。反 應結束後,將反應混合物注入至冰水中,用2M的氫氧化 Ο 鈉水溶液中和,加入乙酸乙酯後去除沈澱物,於濾液中加 入乙酸乙酯進行萃取,水洗此萃取液,用硫酸鎂乾燥,藉 由濃縮、乾固,得到1 2 g的化合物(3 - 2 -1 -1 B )。 (化合物(3-2-1-1 )的合成) 於具備迴流管及氮導入管的2 OOmL的日本茄型燒瓶中 ,裝入上述所得到的化合物(3-2-1-1B) 12g、1,2,4-環己 烷三羧酸酐8.7g及乙酸100mL,在1小時迴流下進行反 應。反應結束後,反應混合物用乙酸乙酯進行萃取,水洗 -91 - 200927727 此萃取液’用硫酸鎂乾燥後,濃縮、乾固,藉由用由乙酸 乙酯及己烷所成的混合溶劑進行再結晶,得到〗1 g的化合 ' 物(3-2-1-1 )的白色結晶(純度98.3%)。 <其他聚合物的合成> [聚醯胺酸的合成] 合成例PA-1 〇 將作爲四羧酸二酐之均苯四甲酸二酐109g( 0.50莫 耳當量)及1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐98g(0.50莫耳當 量)與作爲二胺之4,4-二胺基二苯基醚200g( 1.0莫耳當 量)’溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮2,290g,用40°C使其反 應3小時後,藉由追加N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮l,350g,得到 含有10重量%聚醯胺酸(PA-1)之溶液約4,000g,此聚 醯胺酸溶液的溶液黏度爲210mPa · s。 Q 合成例PA-2 將作爲四羧酸二酐之1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐98§ ( 0.50莫耳當量)及均苯四甲酸二酐i〇9g ( 0.50莫耳當 量)與作爲二胺之4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷198g( 1.0莫耳 當量),溶解於N_甲基-2-吡咯烷酮2,290g,以4(TC使其 反應3小時後,藉由追加N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮l,3 5 0g,得 ' 到含有1〇重量%聚醯胺酸(PA-2)之溶液約4,000,此聚 醯胺酸溶液的溶液黏度爲135mPa.s。 -92- 200927727 合成例PA-3 將作爲四羧酸二酐之1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐196§ • (1.0莫耳當量)及作爲二胺之4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚200g , (1.0莫耳當量),溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮2,246g’以 40°C使其反應4小時後,藉由追加N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 l,321g,得到含有10重量%聚醯胺酸(PA-3)之溶液約 3,950g,此聚醯胺酸溶液的溶液黏度爲220mPa.s。 〇 合成例PA-4 將作爲四羧酸二酐之1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐196§ (1.0莫耳當量)及作爲二胺之2,2’-二甲基-4,4’_二胺基 聯苯212g(1.0莫耳當量),溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 4,0 5 0g,藉由以40 °C使其反應3小時,得到含有10重量% 聚醯胺酸(PA-4)之溶液3,700g,此聚醯胺酸溶液的溶液 黏度爲170mPa-s。Ch=ch-cooc3h6cf3 P-2-1-1) -90- 200927727 , Synthesis of compound (3-2-1-1). '(Synthesis of Compound (3-2-1-1A)) · In a 300 mL three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer and a nitrogen introduction tube, 4-nitrocinnamic acid 9.7 §, 4, 4, 4-3 Fluor-1-iodobutane 12 §, 14 g of potassium carbonate and 150 mL of 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were stirred at 50 ° C for 1 hour to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture to extract, and the extract was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated to dryness to give compound (3 - 2 -1 -1 A ) . (Synthesis of the compound (3-2-1-1B)) In a three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer and a nitrogen introduction tube, the above-obtained compound (3-2-1-1A) 14 g, tin chloride was placed. 53 g of 2 hydrate and 150 mL of ethanol were stirred at 70 ° C for 1 hour to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, neutralized with a 2M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, ethyl acetate was added to remove the precipitate, ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate for extraction, and the extract was washed with magnesium sulfate. Drying, by concentration and drying, gave 12 g of the compound (3 - 2 -1 -1 B ). (Synthesis of the compound (3-2-1-1)) In a 200 mL Japanese eggplant type flask equipped with a reflux tube and a nitrogen introduction tube, 12 g of the compound (3-2-1-1B) obtained above was charged. 8.7 g of 1,2,4-cyclohexanetricarboxylic anhydride and 100 mL of acetic acid were reacted under reflux for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and washed with water--91-200927727. The extract was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and dried, using a solvent mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane. Crystallization gave white crystals (purity: 98.3%) of 1 g of the compound (3-2-1-1). <Synthesis of Other Polymer> [Synthesis of Polyamide] Synthesis Example PA-1 〇 will be used as tetracarboxylic dianhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride 109 g (0.50 molar equivalent) and 1,2,3 , 4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride 98 g (0.50 molar equivalent) and 200 g (1.0 molar equivalent) of 4,4-diaminodiphenyl ether as diamine are dissolved in N-methyl-2 - 2,290 g of pyrrolidone, after reacting at 40 ° C for 3 hours, by adding N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 1, 350 g, to obtain a solution containing 10% by weight of poly-proline (PA-1), about 4,000 g The solution viscosity of the polyamic acid solution was 210 mPa·s. Q Synthesis Example PA-2 will be used as tetracarboxylic dianhydride 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride 98 § (0.50 mole equivalent) and pyromellitic dianhydride i〇9g (0.50) Mole equivalent) and 198 g (1.0 molar equivalent) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane as diamine, dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 2,290 g, reacted with 4 (TC 3 After an hour, by adding N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 1,350g, a solution of about 4,000 of a solution containing 1% by weight of poly-proline (PA-2) is obtained. The viscosity is 135 mPa·s. -92- 200927727 Synthesis Example PA-3 will be used as tetracarboxylic dianhydride 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride 196§ • (1.0 mole equivalent) and as Diamine 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether 200g, (1.0 mole equivalent), dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 2,246g' after reacting at 40 ° C for 4 hours, by 1 and 321 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were added to obtain a solution containing 10% by weight of poly-proline (PA-3), which was about 3,950 g, and the solution viscosity of the polyaminic acid solution was 220 mPa·s. PA-4 will be used as tetracarboxylic dianhydride 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride 196§ (1.0 Mo Equivalent) and 212 g (1.0 molar equivalent) of 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl as a diamine, dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 4,0 50 g, By reacting at 40 ° C for 3 hours, 3,700 g of a solution containing 10% by weight of polyglycolic acid (PA-4) having a solution viscosity of 170 mPa-s was obtained.

G 合成例PA-5 將作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 224g (1.0莫耳當量)及作爲二胺之4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚 200g ( 1.0莫耳當量),溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮2,404g ,藉由以40°C使其反應4小時,得到含有15重量%聚醯 • 胺酸(PA-5)之溶液約2,800g。 少量分取出此聚醯胺酸溶液,加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮製成聚合物濃度1 0重量%的溶液,所測量的溶液黏度爲 -93- 200927727 1 90mPa · s。 • [聚醯亞胺的合成] 合成例PI-1 將作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 112g(0.50莫耳)及六氫-8-甲基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)-萘並[l,2-c]-呋喃-1,3-二酮157g( 〇 0.50莫耳)與作爲二胺之p-苯撐二胺95g ( 0·88莫耳)、 2,2-二-三氟甲基-4,4-二胺基聯苯32g( 0.10莫耳)、3,6-雙(4-胺基苯甲醯氧基)膽甾烷6.4g ( 0.010莫耳)及十 八院氧基-2,5 -—胺基苯4.0g ( 0.015莫耳)’溶解於N -甲 基-2 -吡咯院酮960g,以60 °C使其反應9小時,少量分取 出所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液,加入N -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮製成 聚合物濃度 1 0重量%的溶液,所測量的溶液黏度爲 5 8mPa _ s 〇 〇 於所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液中,加入N -甲基-2 -吡咯烷 酮2,740g、吡啶396g及乙酸酐409g,以ll〇°C進行4小 時脫水閉環反應,脫水閉環反應後,藉由將系統內的溶劑 用新的N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮進行溶劑置換(藉由本操作, 將脫水閉環反應所使用的吡啶及乙酸酐去除至系統外,以 下相同)’得到含有1 5重量%之醯亞胺化率約95 %的聚醯 • 亞胺(PI-1)的溶液約2,500g。 少量分取此聚醯亞胺溶液,減壓下去除溶劑後,溶解 於γ - 丁內酯製成聚合物濃度8.0重量%的溶液,所測量的 -94- 200927727 溶液黏度爲33mPa.s〇 合成例PI - 2G Synthesis Example PA-5 224 g (1.0 mol equivalent) of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl as diamine 200 g (1.0 molar equivalent) of the ether, dissolved in 2,404 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and reacted at 40 ° C for 4 hours to obtain 15% by weight of polyglycolic acid (PA-5) The solution was about 2,800 g. The polyamic acid solution was taken out in small portions, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 10% by weight, and the measured solution viscosity was -93-200927727 1 90 mPa·s. • [Synthesis of Polyimine] Synthesis Example PI-1 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride 112 g (0.50 mol) and hexahydro-8-methyl -5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]-furan-1,3-dione 157g (〇0.50 mol) and as a diamine P-phenylenediamine 95g (0.88 mol), 2,2-di-trifluoromethyl-4,4-diaminobiphenyl 32g (0.10 mol), 3,6-double (4 -Aminobenzhydryloxy)cholestane 6.4 g (0.010 mol) and octadecyloxy-2,5-aminobenzene 4.0 g (0.015 mol)' dissolved in N-methyl-2 - 960 g of pyrroleone, reacted at 60 ° C for 9 hours, a small amount of the obtained polyaminic acid solution, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 10% by weight. The measured solution viscosity was 5 8 mPa _ s in the obtained polyaminic acid solution, and 2,740 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 396 g of pyridine and 409 g of acetic anhydride were added, and dehydration was carried out at ll ° C for 4 hours. After the ring closure reaction, the dehydration ring closure reaction, by solvent replacement of the solvent in the system with new N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (by Operation, removing the pyridine and acetic anhydride used in the dehydration ring-closure reaction to the outside of the system, the same as the following) 'To obtain a solution containing 15% by weight of polyfluorene imine (PI-1) having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 95%. About 2,500g. A small amount of the polyimine solution was taken, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and then dissolved in γ-butyrolactone to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 8.0% by weight, and the measured viscosity of the solution of -94-200927727 was 33 mPa·s. Example PI - 2

將作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 112g(〇.5〇 莫耳)及 1,3,3&,4,5,915-六氫-8-甲基-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)萘並[l,2-c]呋喃-i,3-二酮〗57g( 0.50莫耳)、作爲二胺之p-苯撐二胺96g(0.89莫耳)、 雙胺基丙基四甲基二矽氧烷25g(0.10莫耳)及3,6-雙( 4-胺基苯甲醯氧基)膽甾烷13g ( 〇.020莫耳)與作爲單胺 之N-十八烷基胺8.1g(0.030莫耳.),溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮9 6 0 g,以6 0 °C使其反應6小時,少量分取出所 得到的聚醯胺酸溶液,加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮製成聚合 物濃度10重量%的溶液,所測量的溶液黏度爲60mPa*s 接著,於所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液中追加N-甲基-2-吡 〇 咯烷酮2,700g,添加吡啶396g及乙酸酐409g以110°c進 行4小時脫水閉環反應,脫水閉環反應後,藉由將系統內 的溶劑用新的N -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮進行溶劑置換,得到含 有15重量%之醯亞胺化率約95 %的聚醯亞胺(PI-2)之溶 液約 2,4 0 0 g。 少量分取出此聚醯亞胺溶液,加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 ' 酮製成聚合物濃度6.0重量%的溶液’所測量的溶液黏度 爲 1 8mP a · s 〇 -95- 200927727 合成例PI-3 將作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 • 224g(1.0莫耳)與作爲二胺之p_苯撐二胺10 7g(0.99莫 耳)及3,6-雙(4-胺基苯甲醯氧基)膽甾烷6.43g ( 0.010 . 莫耳),溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮3,039g,藉由以60°C 使其反應6小時,得到含有1 〇重量%聚醯胺酸之溶液,此 聚醯胺酸的溶液黏度爲26 0mPa · s。 0 接著,於所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液中追加N-甲基-2-吡 咯烷酮2,700g,添加吡啶396g及乙酸酐306g以ll〇°C進行 4小時脫水閉環反應,脫水閉環反應後,藉由使系統內的 溶劑用新的N-甲基-2-吡略烷酮進行溶劑置換,得到含有 9.0重量%之醯亞胺化率約89%的聚醯亞胺(PI-3 )之溶液 約 3,5 00g ° 少量分取出此聚醯亞胺溶液,加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮製成聚合物濃度5.0重量%的溶液,所測量的溶液黏度 ❹ 爲 7 4mPa . s。 , 合成例PI - 4 將作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 112g(0.50 莫耳)及 l,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-8-甲基-5(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3_呋喃基)-萘並[l,2-c]-呋喃-l,3-二酮157g( 0.50莫耳)與作爲二胺之p-苯撐二胺89g(〇.82莫耳)、 2,2’-二-三氟甲基_4,4’-二胺基聯苯32g( 0.10莫耳)、1-(3,5_二胺基苯甲醯氧基)-4- (4-三氟甲基苯甲醯氧基)- -96- 200927727 環己烷258(0_059莫耳)及十八烷氧基-2,5-二胺基苯 4.0g(〇.〇ll莫耳),溶解於N-甲基-2_吡咯烷酮2,175g’ 藉由以60 °C使其反應6小時,得到含有聚醯胺酸之溶液。 少量分取出所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液’加入N-甲基-2-吡咯 烷酮製成聚合物濃度10重量%的溶液’所測量的溶液黏度 爲 1 1OmPa · s。2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride 112g (〇.5〇莫耳) and 1,3,3&,4,5,915-hexahydro-8-methyl -5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)naphtho[l,2-c]furan-i,3-dione] 57 g (0.50 mol), as a diamine -phenylenediamine 96g (0.89 moles), bisaminopropyltetramethyldioxane 25g (0.10 moles) and 3,6-bis(4-aminobenzylideneoxy)cholestane 13 g (〇.020 mol) and 8.1 g (0.030 mol.) of N-octadecylamine as a monoamine, dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 960 g, at 60 ° C After reacting for 6 hours, a small amount of the obtained polyaminic acid solution was taken out, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 10% by weight, and the measured solution viscosity was 60 mPa*s. 2,700 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone was added to the obtained polyamic acid solution, and 396 g of pyridine and 409 g of acetic anhydride were added to carry out a dehydration ring-closure reaction at 110 ° C for 4 hours, and after dehydration ring closure reaction, The solvent in the system was replaced with a new N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to obtain a 15% by weight hydrazine imidization. A solution of about 95% polyethylenimine (PI-2) is about 2,400 g. A small amount of the polyiminoimine solution was taken out, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 6.0% by weight. The viscosity of the solution was measured to be 18 mPa·s s 〇-95-200927727. Example PI-3 will be used as tetracarboxylic dianhydride 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride • 224 g (1.0 mol) and p_phenylene diamine as diamine 10 7 g (0.99 mol) And 3,6-bis(4-aminobenzylideneoxy)cholestane 6.43 g (0.010 mole), dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 3,039 g, by 60 ° C After reacting for 6 hours, a solution containing 1% by weight of poly-proline was obtained, and the solution viscosity of the poly-proline was 260 mPa·s. 0 Next, 2,700 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to the obtained polyaminic acid solution, and 396 g of pyridine and 306 g of acetic anhydride were added to carry out a dehydration ring-closure reaction at ll ° C for 4 hours, and after dehydration ring closure reaction, The solvent in the system was subjected to solvent replacement with a new N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to obtain a solution containing 9.0% by weight of polyimine (PI-3) having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 89%. The polyimine solution was taken out in a small amount of about 3,5 00 g °, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 5.0% by weight, and the measured solution viscosity ❹ was 7 4 mPa·s. Synthesis Example PI-4 4,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride 112 g (0.50 mol) and 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro- 8-methyl-5(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]-furan-l,3-dione 157g (0.50 mol) and as P-phenylenediamine of diamine 89g (〇.82 mole), 2,2'-di-trifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl 32g (0.10 mole), 1-( 3,5-Diaminobenzylideneoxy)-4-(4-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy)--96- 200927727 Cyclohexane 258 (0-059 mol) and octadecyloxy- 2,5-diaminobenzene 4.0 g (〇.〇mol Mo), dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 2,175 g' by reacting at 60 ° C for 6 hours to obtain a polydecylamine Acid solution. A small amount of the obtained polyamic acid solution was added, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 10% by weight. The viscosity of the solution measured was 1 10 mPa · s.

於所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液的l,5〇〇g中,追加N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮3,000g,添加吡啶221g及乙酸酐228g以 1 1 〇 °C進行4小時脫水閉環反應,脫水閉環反應後,藉由 使系統內的溶劑用新的N -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮進行溶劑置換 ,得到含有1 0重量%之醯亞胺化率約9 2 %的聚醯亞胺( PI-4)之溶液約4,000g。 少量分取出此聚醯亞胺溶液,加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮製成聚合物濃度4.5重量%的溶液,所測量的溶液黏度 爲 28mPa.s。3,000 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to 1,5 μg of the obtained polyamidonic acid solution, and 221 g of pyridine and 228 g of acetic anhydride were added to carry out a dehydration ring-closure reaction at 1 1 ° C for 4 hours. After the dehydration ring closure reaction, the solvent in the system was subjected to solvent replacement with a new N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to obtain a polyamidene (PI containing 10% by weight of a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 92%). The solution of -4) is about 4,000 g. The polyimine solution was taken out in small portions, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 4.5% by weight, and the measured solution viscosity was 28 mPa·s.

合成例PI - 5 將作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5 -三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 bjgCo.ow莫耳)與作爲二胺之p_苯撐二胺6.8g( 〇·〇63莫耳)、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷3.6g(〇.〇18莫耳 )及上述式(D-10)所表示的化合物4.7g(〇.〇〇9莫耳) ’溶解於N -甲基-2-吡咯烷酮140g,以6(TC使其反應4小 時’少量分取出所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液,加入N -甲基-2 -眠咯烷酮製成聚合物濃度1 〇重量%的溶液,所測量的溶液 -97- 200927727 黏度爲1 1 5mPa · s。 接著,於所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液中追加N-甲基·2-吡 咯烷酮325g,添加吡啶14g及乙酸酐18g以U〇°C進行4 小時脫水閉環反應,脫水閉環反應後,藉由使系統內的溶 劑用新的N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮進行溶劑置換,得到含有 15.4重量%之醯亞胺化率約77%的聚醯亞胺(PI-5)之溶 液約220g。 少量分取出此聚醯亞胺溶液,加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮製成聚合物濃度10重量%的溶液,所測量的溶液黏度爲 8 4mPa · s。 合成例PI-6 將作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 20.9g ( 0.093莫耳)與作爲二胺之p-苯撐二胺 9.2g ( 0.085莫耳)及上述式(D-10)所表示的化合物4.9g( 〇 0.009莫耳),溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮I40g,藉由以 6 0 °C使其反應4小時,得到含有聚醯胺酸之溶液。少量分 取出所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液,加入N -甲基-2 -吡咯院酮製 成聚合物濃度1 〇重量%的溶液,測量溶液黏度的結果爲 126mPa · s。 接著,於所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液中追加N -甲基-2 -耻 略院酮325g,添加啦卩定7.4g及乙酸酐9.5g以ii〇°c進行4 小時脫水閉環,脫水閉環反應後’藉由使系統內的溶劑用 新的N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮進行溶劑置換,得到含有ι6 1重 -98- 200927727 量%之醯亞胺化率約5 4 %的聚醯亞胺(PI - 6 )之溶液約 220g » 少量分取出此聚醯亞胺溶液,加入N -甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮製成聚合物濃度1〇重量%的溶液,所測量的溶液黏度爲 75mPa · s 〇 合成例PI-7 0 將作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 18.8g( 0.084莫耳)與作爲二胺之p-苯撐二胺 7.4g( 0.068莫耳)及上述式(D-10)所表示的化合物 8.9g( 0.017莫耳),溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 140g,藉由以 60°C使其反應4小時,得到含有聚醯胺酸之溶液。少量分 取出所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液,加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮製 成聚合物濃度1 0重量%的溶液,測量溶液黏度的結果爲 1 2 6 mP a · s。 〇 接著,於所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液中追加N-甲基-2-吡 咯烷酮325g,添加吡啶6.6g及乙酸酐8.5g以1 10°C進行4 小時脫水閉環,脫水閉環反應後,藉由使系統內的溶劑用 新的N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮進行溶劑置換,得到含有15.9重 量%之醯亞胺化率約55%的聚醯亞胺(PI-7 )之溶液約 2 1 0g ° • 少量分取出此聚醯亞胺溶液,加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮製成聚合物濃度1 〇重量%的溶液,所測量的溶液黏度爲 7 5 mP a · s ° 99- 200927727 合成例PI-8Synthesis Example PI-5 5,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dianhydride bjgCo.ow mole as tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 6.8 g (p-phenylene diamine) as diamine 63 mol), 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane 3.6 g (〇.〇18 mol) and the compound represented by the above formula (D-10) 4.7 g (〇.〇〇9 mol) 'Dissolved in 140 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and the obtained polyamine acid solution was taken out by a small amount of 6 (TC for 4 hours), and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a polymerization. A solution having a concentration of 1% by weight, the measured solution -97-200927727 has a viscosity of 1 15 mPa · s. Next, 325 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is added to the obtained polyamic acid solution, and pyridine is added. 14g and 18g of acetic anhydride were subjected to a dehydration ring-closure reaction at U〇°C for 4 hours, and after dehydration ring closure reaction, the solvent in the system was replaced with a new N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to obtain 15.4% by weight. A solution of polyamidolimine (PI-5) having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 77% is about 220 g. A small amount of the polyimine solution is taken out, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is added to prepare a polymer concentration of 10% by weight. of The measured solution viscosity was 8 4 mPa · s. Synthesis Example PI-6 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride 20.9 g (0.093 mol) and as two 9.2 g (0.085 mol) of the amine p-phenylenediamine and 4.9 g (〇0.009 mol) of the compound represented by the above formula (D-10), dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone I40 g, The reaction was carried out at 60 ° C for 4 hours to obtain a solution containing poly-proline. The obtained poly-proline solution was taken in small portions, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a polymer concentration of 1 〇. The % by weight solution was measured for the viscosity of the solution to be 126 mPa·s. Next, 325 g of N-methyl-2-diazolone was added to the obtained polyamidonic acid solution, and 7.4 g of lanthanum and acetic anhydride were added. 9.5g is subjected to a 4 hour dehydration ring closure at ii〇°c, and after dehydration ring closure reaction, the solvent in the system is replaced with a new N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to obtain a content containing ι6 1 weight -98- 200927727 A solution of about 5% iminelamine (PI-6) with an imidization rate of about 54%. A small amount of this polyimine solution is taken and N-methyl-2-pyridyl is added. The alkanone is made into a solution having a polymer concentration of 1% by weight, and the measured solution viscosity is 75 mPa·s. The synthesis example PI-7 0 will be used as the tetracarboxylic dianhydride 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid. 18.8 g (0.084 mol) of dianhydride and 7.4 g (0.068 mol) of p-phenylenediamine as a diamine and 8.9 g (0.017 mol) of the compound represented by the above formula (D-10), dissolved in N 140 g of methyl-2-pyrrolidone was reacted at 60 ° C for 4 hours to obtain a solution containing polylysine. The obtained polyamic acid solution was taken out in small portions, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 10% by weight, and the viscosity of the solution was measured to be 1 2 6 mP a · s. Then, 325 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to the obtained polyamic acid solution, and 6.6 g of pyridine and 8.5 g of acetic anhydride were added thereto, and dehydration ring closure was carried out at 10 ° C for 4 hours, followed by dehydration ring closure reaction. The solvent in the system was subjected to solvent replacement with a new N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to obtain a solution containing 15.9% by weight of a polyamidimide (PI-7) having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 55%. 0g ° • Take a small amount of this polyimine solution and add N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to make a polymer concentration of 1% by weight. The measured solution viscosity is 7 5 mP a · s ° 99- 200927727 Synthesis Example PI-8

將作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 19.1g ( 0.085莫耳)與作爲二胺之p-苯撐二胺7.4g ( 0.069莫耳)及上述式(D-8 )所表示的化合物 8.5g ( 0.017莫耳),溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮14 0g,藉由以 6〇°C使其反應4小時,得到含有聚醯胺酸之溶液。少量分 取出所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液,加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮製 成聚合物濃度1 0重量%的溶液,測量溶液黏度的結果爲 206mPa · s 〇 接著,於所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液中追加N-甲基-2-吡 咯烷酮325g,添加吡啶6.7g及乙酸酐8.7g以110°C進行4 小時脫水閉環反應’脫水閉環反應後’藉由使系統內的溶 劑用新的N -甲基-2 -吡咯烷酮進行溶劑置換’得到含有 1 5.8重量%之醯亞胺化率約5 2 %的聚醯亞胺(p I - 8 )之溶 © 液約2 0 0 g。 少量分取出此聚醯亞胺溶液’加入N-甲基-2-吡略烷 酮製成聚合物濃度1 0重量%的溶液’所測量的溶液黏度爲 1 05mPa · s 〇 合成例PI-9 將作爲四羧酸二酐之2,3,5_三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐 17.3g(〇.〇77莫耳)與作爲二胺之P -苯撐二胺5.9g( 0.054莫耳)、上述式(D-l〇)所表不的化合物4_lg( -100- 200927727 0.008莫耳)及上述式(D-8 )所表示的化合物 7.7g ( 0.016莫耳),溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮i40g,以60°C 使其反應4小時。少量分取出所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液,加 入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮製成聚合物濃度10重量%的溶液, 測量溶液黏度的結果爲117mPa«s。 Ο 接著,於所得到的聚醯胺酸溶液中追加N-甲基-2-吡 咯烷酮325g,添加吡啶6.1g及乙酸酐7.9g以110°C進行4 小時脫水閉環,脫水閉環反應後,藉由使系統內的溶劑用 新的N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮進行溶劑置換,得到含有15.4重 量%之醯亞胺化率約 5 5 %的聚醯亞胺(PI - 9 )之溶液約 2 1 〇g ° 少量分取出此聚醯亞胺溶液,加入N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮製成聚合物濃度1 0重量%的溶液,所測量的溶液黏度爲 1 0 9 mP a · s。 〇 [其他聚矽氧烷的合成] 合成例P S - 1 於具備冷卻管的200mL的三口燒瓶中,裝入四乙氧基 矽烷20.8g及1-乙氧基-2-丙醇28.2g,加熱至60°C進行攪 拌,於其中’加入於容量20mL的其他燒瓶中所調製的將 馬來酸酐0.26g溶解於水l〇.8g之馬來酸酐水溶液,以 6〇°C再加熱4小時,攪拌進行反應,從所得到的反應混合 物蒸餾去除溶劑,加入1-乙氧基-2-丙醇,藉由再度濃縮 ’得到含有10重量%聚有機矽氧烷pS_l之聚合物溶液, -101 - 200927727 PS-ι的重量平均分子量Mw爲5,100。 <敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷的合成> 實施例IE-119.1 g (0.085 mol) of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 7.4 g (0.069 mol) of p-phenylenediamine as diamine and the above formula 8.5 g (0.017 mol) of the compound represented by (D-8), dissolved in 140 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and reacted at 6 ° C for 4 hours to obtain a polyglycine-containing compound. Solution. The obtained polyamic acid solution was taken out in small portions, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 10% by weight, and the viscosity of the solution was measured to be 206 mPa·s. Then, the obtained poly group was obtained. 325 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to the proline solution, and 6.7 g of pyridine and 8.7 g of acetic anhydride were added to carry out a dehydration ring-closure reaction at 110 ° C for 4 hours after the dehydration ring-closure reaction, by using a solvent in the system. The N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was subjected to solvent displacement to obtain about 200 g of a solution containing 15.8% by weight of a polyamidimide (p I - 8 ) having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 52 %. A small amount of the solution of the polyamidimide solution 'addition of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to a polymer concentration of 10% by weight solution' measured by a solution viscosity of 1 05 mPa · s 〇 Synthesis Example PI-9 17.3 g (〇.〇77 mol) of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 5.9 g (0.054 mol) of P-phenylenediamine as diamine The compound represented by the above formula (Dl), 4_lg (-100-200927727 0.008 mol) and the compound represented by the above formula (D-8), 7.7 g (0.016 mol), are dissolved in N-methyl-2. Pyrrolidone i 40 g was reacted at 60 ° C for 4 hours. The obtained polyamic acid solution was taken out in small portions, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 10% by weight. The viscosity of the solution was measured and found to be 117 mPa «s. 325 Next, 325 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to the obtained polyaminic acid solution, and 6.1 g of pyridine and 7.9 g of acetic anhydride were added to carry out dehydration ring closure at 110 ° C for 4 hours, followed by dehydration ring closure reaction. The solvent in the system was subjected to solvent replacement with a new N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to obtain a solution containing 15.4% by weight of a polyamidimide (PI-9) having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 55%. 〇g ° A small amount of the polyimine solution was taken out, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added to prepare a solution having a polymer concentration of 10% by weight, and the measured solution viscosity was 1 0 9 mP a · s. 〇 [Synthesis of Other Polyoxane] Synthesis Example PS - 1 In a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a cooling tube, 20.8 g of tetraethoxy decane and 28.2 g of 1-ethoxy-2-propanol were charged and heated. The mixture was stirred at 60 ° C, and 0.26 g of maleic anhydride prepared by adding it to another flask having a capacity of 20 mL was dissolved in water of 8 g of an aqueous maleic anhydride solution, and further heated at 6 ° C for 4 hours. The reaction was stirred, the solvent was distilled off from the obtained reaction mixture, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol was added, and the polymer solution containing 10% by weight of polyorganosiloxane was obtained by re-concentration, -101 - 200927727 PS-ι has a weight average molecular weight Mw of 5,100. <Synthesis of Sensitive Radiation Linear Polyorganooxane> Example IE-1

於具備迴流管之200mL的三口燒瓶中,裝入5.0g的 上述合成例1所得到的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷EPS-1 、5.18g的作爲肉桂酸衍生物(1)之上述實施例2-1(1) 所得到的化合物(2-1 -1 -1 ( 1 ))(相對於聚有機矽氧烷 的環氧基而言相當於50mol%)及0.5g的四丁基銨溴化物 ’加入N,N-二甲基乙醯胺使固形分濃度成爲20重量%, 以1 20 °C進行1 0小時反應,反應結束後,加入甲醇產生沈 澱,將此沈澱物溶解於乙酸乙酯所得到溶液進行3次水洗 後,藉由蒸餾去除溶劑,以白色粉末得到7.8 g的敏輻射 線性聚有機矽氧烷S-IE-1,敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷S-IE-1的重量平均分子量Mw爲18,100。 實施例IE-2〜8 於上述實施例IE-1中,除了將具有環氧基的聚有機 矽氧烷的種類與肉桂酸衍生物(1)的種類及使用量各自 如表2所記載之外,與實施例IE-1同樣作法實施,各自 合成敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷S-IE-2〜S-IE-8,此等敏輻 射線性聚有機矽氧烷的重量平均分子量Mw —倂列示於表 再者,實施例IE-6及7,各自使用2種類的肉桂酸衍 -102- 200927727 生物(1 )。 此外。表2中,肉桂酸衍生物(1)的「使用量」’ 係指相對於具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷所具有的 比例。 具有環氧基的聚 有機矽氧院種類 肉桂酸衍生物⑴ 敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷 mm 使用量 (莫耳%) 名稱 Mw 實施例ffi-1 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(1) 50 S-IE-1 18,100 實施例IE-2 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(1) 75 S-IE-2 21,000 實施例IE-3 EPS-2 2-1-1-1(2) 50 S-IE-3 20,500 實施例IE-4 EPS-3 2-1-1-1(3) 50 S-IE-4 17,200 實施例IE-5 EPS-1 2-2-1-1 50 S-IE-5 20,800 實施例IE-6 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 30 S-IE-6 21,300 2-1-1-2 20 實施例IE-7 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 40 S-DE-7 21,200 2-2-1-2 10 實施例IE-8 EPS-1 3-2-1-1 50 S-IE-8 29,900 <液晶配向劑的調製及保存安定性的評估> 實施例IE-9 摻合上述實施例IE-1所得到的敏輻射線性聚有機矽 氧院S-IE-1的100重量份,與作爲其他聚合物之含有上述 合成例PA-1所得到的聚醯胺酸pa-1之溶液換算爲PA-1 相當於2,000重量份之量,於其中加入丨_甲基_2_吡咯烷酮 及丁基溶纖劑’溶劑組成爲1-甲基-2 -吡咯烷酮:丁基溶 纖劑=5 0 : 5 0 (重量比),固形分濃度成爲3.0重量%的溶 -103- 200927727 液,藉由將此溶液用孔徑1 μιη的過濾器過 向劑 A -1Ε -1。 - 將此液晶配向劑A-IE-1於-15°C保管 . 前及後於25 t藉由E型黏度計測量黏度’ 前後的變化率低於1 〇%者判定爲保存安笼 以上者判定爲保存安定性「不良」’評估 向劑A-IE-1的保存安定性爲「良」。 〇 實施例IE-ίο〜32 於上述實施例IE-9中’除了將敏輻 氧烷的種類與其他聚合物的種類及量’各 載之外,與實施例IE-9同樣地實施’各 劑A -1E - 2 ~ A -1E - 2 4。關於各液晶配向劑 同樣地調查,保存安定性的評估結果列示 Q 實施例IE-33~36 於上述實施例IE-9中,除了將其他 量,各自如表3所記載’而且使用如表3 量的環氧化合物之外’與實施例1E_9同 ' 形分濃度爲3 · 0重量°/。的溶液’藉由將其) • 濾器過濾,各自調製液晶配向劑A-IE_25~Into a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a reflux tube, 5.0 g of the polyorganooxane EPS-1 having an epoxy group obtained in the above Synthesis Example 1 and 5.18 g of the above-mentioned cinnamic acid derivative (1) were charged. Example 2-1 (1) The obtained compound (2-1 -1 -1 (1)) (corresponding to 50 mol% with respect to the epoxy group of polyorganooxane) and 0.5 g of tetrabutyl group The ammonium bromide was added with N,N-dimethylacetamide to make the solid content concentration 20% by weight, and the reaction was carried out at 10 ° C for 10 hours. After the reaction was completed, methanol was added to precipitate, and the precipitate was dissolved. After the solution obtained by ethyl acetate was washed with water three times, the solvent was removed by distillation to obtain 7.8 g of a sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane S-IE-1 as a white powder, and a radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane S-IE. The weight average molecular weight Mw of -1 was 18,100. Examples IE-2 to 8 In the above Example IE-1, the type of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group and the type and amount of the cinnamic acid derivative (1) are as shown in Table 2, respectively. In the same manner as in Example IE-1, each of the synthetic radiation linear polyorganosiloxanes S-IE-2 to S-IE-8, the weight average molecular weight Mw of the linear radiation polyorganosiloxanes Further, in the examples IE-6 and 7, each of the two types of cinnamic acid-102-200927727 organism (1) was used. Also. In Table 2, the "usage amount" of the cinnamic acid derivative (1) means a ratio with respect to the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. Polyorganotoxime type cinnamic acid derivatives having an epoxy group (1) Sensitive radiation linear polyorganooxane mm Usage (mol%) Name Mw Example ffi-1 EPS-1 2-1-1-1 ( 1) 50 S-IE-1 18,100 Example IE-2 EPS-1 2-1-1-1 (1) 75 S-IE-2 21,000 Example IE-3 EPS-2 2-1-1-1 ( 2) 50 S-IE-3 20,500 Example IE-4 EPS-3 2-1-1-1 (3) 50 S-IE-4 17,200 Example IE-5 EPS-1 2-2-1-1 50 S-IE-5 20,800 Example IE-6 EPS-1 2-1-1-1 (2) 30 S-IE-6 21,300 2-1-1-2 20 Example IE-7 EPS-1 2-1 -1-1(2) 40 S-DE-7 21,200 2-2-1-2 10 Example IE-8 EPS-1 3-2-1-1 50 S-IE-8 29,900 <Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent Evaluation of Modulation and Preservation Stability> Example IE-9 100 parts by weight of the radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane S-IE-1 obtained by blending the above Example IE-1, and the content as another polymer The solution of the polylysine pa-1 obtained in the above Synthesis Example PA-1 is equivalent to 2,000 parts by weight of PA-1, and the solvent composition of 丨_methyl_2_pyrrolidone and butyl cellosolve is added thereto. 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone: butyl cellosolve = 5 0 : 5 0 (by weight), Content concentration became 3.0 wt% was dissolved -103-200927727, by the agent through the solution A -1Ε -1 1 μιη pore size of the filter. - Store the liquid crystal alignment agent A-IE-1 at -15 °C. Before and after the measurement of the viscosity before and after 25 t by the E-type viscometer, the rate of change before and after the determination is less than 1%. It was judged that the preservation stability "defect" was evaluated as "good" for the storage agent A-IE-1. EXAMPLES IE- ί 〜 32 In the above-described Example IE-9, 'each was carried out in the same manner as Example IE-9 except that the type of the sensitizing alkane and the type and amount of the other polymer were carried. Agent A -1E - 2 ~ A -1E - 2 4. The liquid crystal alignment agent was examined in the same manner, and the evaluation results of the storage stability were shown. Q Examples IE-33 to 36 In the above-described Example IE-9, except for other amounts, each of which is described in Table 3, and used as a table. In addition to the amount of the epoxy compound, 'the same as Example 1E_9' has a concentration of 3 · 0 weight ° /. The solution 'is filtered by the filter, and each modulates the liquid crystal alignment agent A-IE_25~

' 再者,表3中,環氧化合物E-1及E 式(E-1 )或(E-2 ) 濾,調製液晶配 6個月,保管的 溶液黏度之保管 性「良」,10% 的結果,液晶配 射線性聚有機矽 自爲如表3所記 自調製液晶配向 ,與實施例IE-9 於表3。 聚合物的種類及 所記載的種類及 樣作法,調製固 羽孔徑Ιμιη的過 Α-ΙΕ-28 。 -2各自表示下述 -104- 200927727In addition, in Table 3, the epoxy compound E-1 and the E formula (E-1) or (E-2) were filtered, and the liquid crystal was mixed for 6 months, and the storage viscosity of the stored solution was "good", 10%. As a result, the liquid crystal radioactive polyorgano was self-modulating the liquid crystal alignment as shown in Table 3, and Table IE-9 was carried out in the same manner as in Example IE-9. The type of the polymer, the type and the method described, and the Α-ΙΕ-28 of the solid diameter Ιμιη were prepared. -2 each represents the following -104- 200927727

實施例IE - 3 7 取用作爲其他聚合物之含有上述合成例PS-1所得到 的其他聚矽氧烷PS-1之溶液換算爲PS-1相當於5 00重量 份之量,於其中加入上述實施例IE -1所得到的敏輻射線 性聚有機矽氧烷S-IE-1的100重量份,再加入1-乙氧基-〇 2-丙醇製成固形分濃度4.0重量%的溶液,藉由將此溶液 用孔徑Ιμιη的過濾器過濾,調製液晶配向劑A-IE-29。 關於此液晶配向劑Α-ΙΕ-29,與上述實施例ΙΕ-9同樣 作法所調查的保存安定性的評估結果列示於表3。 -105- 200927727 表3Example IE - 3 7 A solution containing another polyoxosiloxane PS-1 obtained by the above-mentioned Synthesis Example PS-1 as another polymer was added in an amount equivalent to 500 parts by weight of PS-1, and was added thereto. 100 parts by weight of the radiation-sensitive linear polyorganooxane S-IE-1 obtained in the above Example IE-1, and then 1-ethoxy-indol-2-propanol was added to prepare a solution having a solid concentration of 4.0% by weight. The liquid crystal alignment agent A-IE-29 was prepared by filtering this solution through a filter of pore size Ιμηη. Regarding the liquid crystal alignment agent Α-ΙΕ-29, the evaluation results of the storage stability investigated in the same manner as in the above Example ΙΕ-9 are shown in Table 3. -105- 200927727 Table 3

❹ 液晶配向劑 名稱 敏輻射線性聚 有機矽氧烷種類 其他聚合物 環氧化合物 保存 安定性 種類 使用量 (重量份) mm 使用量 運量份) 實施例ffi-9 A-IE-1 S-IE-1 PA-1 2,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-10 A-IE-2 S-IE-1 PA-2 2,000 0 良 實施例IE-11 A-IE-3 S-IE-1 PA-3 2,000 . 0 良 實施例IE-12 A-IE-4 S-IE-1 PA-4 2,000 . 0 良 實施例IE-13 A-IE-5 S-IE-1 PA-5 2,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-14 A-IE-6 S-IE-1 PA-4 500 - 0 良 實施例IE-15 A-IE-7 S-IE-1 PA-4 1,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-16 Α-ΪΕ-8 S-IE-1 PI-1 2,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-17 A-IE-9 S-IE-1 PI-2 2,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-18 A-IE-10 S-IE-1 PI-3 2,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-19 A-IE-11 S-IE-1 PI-4 2,000 0 良 實施例IE-20 A-IE-12 S-IE-1 PI-5 2,000 - 0 良 -106- 200927727 表3 (續) 液晶配向劑 名稱 敏輻射線性聚 有機矽氧烷種類 其他聚合物 環氧化合物 保存 安定性 麵 使用量 (重量份) 種類 使用量 (重量份) 實施例ffi-21 A-IE-13 S-IE-1 PI-6 2,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-22 A-IE-14 S-IE-1 PI-7 2,000 0 良 實施例IE-23 Α-ΪΕ-15 S-IE-1 PI-8 2,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-24 A-IE-16 S-IE-1 PI-9 2,000 • 0 良 實施例ffi-25 A-IE-17 S-IE-1 PI-5 1,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-26 A-IE-18 S-IE-2 PA-4 2,000 0 良 實施例IE-27 A-IE-19 S-IE-3 PA-4 2,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-28 A-IE-20 S-IE-4 PA-4 2,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-29 A-IE-21 S-IE-5 PA-4 2,000 _ 0 良 實施例IE-30 A-IE-22 S-IE-6 PA-4 2,000 • 0 良 實施例IE-31 A-IE-23 S-IE-7 PA-4 1,000 0 良 實施例IE-32 A-IE-24 S-IE-8 PA-4 1,000 _ 0 良液晶 Liquid crystal alignment agent name sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane type other polymer epoxy compound preservation stability type usage amount (parts by weight) mm usage volume part) Example ffi-9 A-IE-1 S-IE -1 PA-1 2,000 _ 0 Good example IE-10 A-IE-2 S-IE-1 PA-2 2,000 0 Good example IE-11 A-IE-3 S-IE-1 PA-3 2,000 . 0 Good example IE-12 A-IE-4 S-IE-1 PA-4 2,000 . 0 Good example IE-13 A-IE-5 S-IE-1 PA-5 2,000 _ 0 Good example IE- 14 A-IE-6 S-IE-1 PA-4 500 - 0 Good example IE-15 A-IE-7 S-IE-1 PA-4 1,000 _ 0 Good example IE-16 Α-ΪΕ-8 S-IE-1 PI-1 2,000 _ 0 Good example IE-17 A-IE-9 S-IE-1 PI-2 2,000 _ 0 Good example IE-18 A-IE-10 S-IE-1 PI -3 2,000 _ 0 Good example IE-19 A-IE-11 S-IE-1 PI-4 2,000 0 Good example IE-20 A-IE-12 S-IE-1 PI-5 2,000 - 0 Good - 106- 200927727 Table 3 (Continued) Liquid Crystal Alignment Agent Name Sensitive Radiation Linear Polyorganooxane Type Other Polymer Epoxy Compound Preservation Stability Surface Usage (Parts by Weight) Species Usage (Parts by Weight) Example ffi-21 A -IE-13 S-IE-1 P I-6 2,000 _ 0 Good example IE-22 A-IE-14 S-IE-1 PI-7 2,000 0 Good example IE-23 Α-ΪΕ-15 S-IE-1 PI-8 2,000 _ 0 Good Example IE-24 A-IE-16 S-IE-1 PI-9 2,000 • 0 Good example ffi-25 A-IE-17 S-IE-1 PI-5 1,000 _ 0 Good example IE-26 A -IE-18 S-IE-2 PA-4 2,000 0 Good example IE-27 A-IE-19 S-IE-3 PA-4 2,000 _ 0 Good example IE-28 A-IE-20 S-IE -4 PA-4 2,000 _ 0 Good example IE-29 A-IE-21 S-IE-5 PA-4 2,000 _ 0 Good example IE-30 A-IE-22 S-IE-6 PA-4 2,000 • 0 Good example IE-31 A-IE-23 S-IE-7 PA-4 1,000 0 Good example IE-32 A-IE-24 S-IE-8 PA-4 1,000 _ 0 Good

表3 (續) 液晶配向劑 名稱 敏輻射線性聚 有機矽氧烷種類 其他聚合物 環氧化合物 保存安 定性 W 使用量 (重量份) 種類 使用量 (重量份) 實施例IE-33 A-IE-25 S-IE-1 PI-5 1,000 E-1 50 良 實施例ffi-34 A-IE-26 S-IE-1 PI-5 1,000 E-1 200 良 實施例IE-35 A-IE-27 S-IE-1 PI-7 1,000 E-2 50 良 實施例IE-36 A-IE-28 S-IE-1 PI-7 1,000 E-2 200 良 實施例ffi-37 A-IE-29 S-IE-1 PS-1 500 - 0 良 實施例IE-38 <垂直配向型液晶顯示元件的製造> -107- 200927727 將上述實施例IE-9所調製的液晶配向劑A-IE-l,使 用旋轉塗佈機塗佈於附有由ITO膜所成透明電極的玻璃基 ❹Table 3 (continued) Liquid crystal alignment agent name sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane type Other polymer epoxy compound storage stability W Usage (parts by weight) Type usage (parts by weight) Example IE-33 A-IE- 25 S-IE-1 PI-5 1,000 E-1 50 Good example ffi-34 A-IE-26 S-IE-1 PI-5 1,000 E-1 200 Good example IE-35 A-IE-27 S -IE-1 PI-7 1,000 E-2 50 Good example IE-36 A-IE-28 S-IE-1 PI-7 1,000 E-2 200 Good example ffi-37 A-IE-29 S-IE -1 PS-1 500 - 0 Good Example IE-38 <Manufacture of Vertical Alignment Type Liquid Crystal Display Element> -107- 200927727 The liquid crystal alignment agent A-IE-1 prepared in the above Example IE-9 was used. A spin coater is applied to a glass substrate with a transparent electrode formed of an ITO film

板的透明電極面上,於80 °C的加熱板上進行1分鐘預烘烤 後,於庫內經氮置換的烘箱中以2 0 0 °C加熱1小時而形成 膜厚Ο.ίμιη的塗膜,接著於此塗膜表面,使用Hg-Xe燈及 格蘭泰勒稜鏡,將含有 3 1 3 nm的亮線之偏光紫外線 l,000J/m2,從由基板法線起傾斜40°的方向照射而製成液 晶配向膜,重複同樣操作,製成1對(2片)之具有液晶 配向膜的基板。 上述基板中的1片之具有液晶配向膜的面的外周圍, 藉由網版印刷塗佈加入直徑5.5μιη的氧化鋁球的環氧樹脂 接著劑後,使1對的基板的液晶配向膜面相對向,在各基 板的紫外線的光軸往基板面的投影方向成逆平行下壓著, 以1 50°C用1小時使接著劑產生熱硬化,接著,由液晶注 入口於基板間的間隙中’塡充負型液晶(MELC公司製 MLC-6608 )後,用環氧系接著劑封閉液晶注入口,而且 ,爲了去除液晶注入時的流動配向,將其以1 5 0 °C加熱1 0 分鐘後緩慢冷卻至室溫’接著在基板的外側兩面上’藉由 使偏光板,在其偏光方向爲相互正交’且’與液晶配向膜 的紫外線的光軸往基板面的投射方向成45°的角度下進行 貼合,製造垂直配向型液晶顯示元件。 關於此等液晶顯示元件’藉由以下的方法進行評估, 評估結果列示於表4。 -108- 200927727 <液晶顯示元件的評估> (1 )液晶配向性的評估 關於上述所製造的液晶顯示元件,以5V的電壓進行 ON · OFF (外加•解除)時的明暗的變化中是否有異常區 域,經由光學顯微鏡觀察,將無異常區域的情況定爲「良The surface of the plate was pre-baked on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 1 minute, and then heated in a nitrogen-substituted oven at 200 ° C for 1 hour to form a film thickness of ί. ίμιη. Then, on the surface of the coating film, a polarized ultraviolet ray having a bright line of 3 1 3 nm was irradiated with a gradient of 40° from the substrate normal line using an Hg-Xe lamp and a gran Taylor. A liquid crystal alignment film was formed, and the same operation was repeated to prepare one pair (two sheets) of a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film. The outer periphery of the surface of the substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film is coated with an epoxy resin adhesive having a diameter of 5.5 μm by screen printing, and the liquid crystal alignment film surface of the pair of substrates is applied. In the opposite direction, the optical axis of the ultraviolet light of each substrate is pressed in the direction parallel to the projection direction of the substrate surface, and the adhesive is thermally cured at 150 ° C for 1 hour, and then the liquid crystal injection port is interposed between the substrates. After filling the negative liquid crystal (MLC-6608 manufactured by MELC Co., Ltd.), the liquid crystal injection port was sealed with an epoxy-based adhesive, and in order to remove the flow alignment during liquid crystal injection, it was heated at 150 ° C for 1 0. After a minute, the temperature is slowly cooled to room temperature. Then, on the outer side surfaces of the substrate, the polarizing plate is 45 in the direction in which the polarizing directions are orthogonal to each other and the optical axis of the ultraviolet ray of the liquid crystal alignment film is 45 toward the substrate surface. The vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element was fabricated by laminating at an angle of °. The evaluation results of these liquid crystal display elements were evaluated by the following methods, and the evaluation results are shown in Table 4. -108-200927727 <Evaluation of Liquid Crystal Display Element> (1) Evaluation of Liquid Crystal Alignment Whether the liquid crystal display element manufactured as described above is changed in brightness and darkness when ON/OFF (additional release) is performed at a voltage of 5 V There is an abnormal area, and it is observed by an optical microscope.

(2 )預傾角的評估 關於上述所製造的液晶顯示元件,依據T. J. Scheffer et. al. J. Appl. Phys. vo 1. 19,p2013 ( 1980)所記載的方 法,藉由使用He-Ne雷射光之結晶旋轉法測量預傾角。 (3)電壓保持率的評估 對於上述所製造的液晶顯示元件,用6(TC以60微秒 的外加時間、167毫秒的量程(span)外加 5V的電壓後 Q ,測量從外加解除至167毫秒後的電壓保持率,測量裝置 使用(股)TOYO Corporation 製、VHR-1。 (4 )殘像的評估 . 對於上述所製造的液晶顯示元件,將重疊直流5V之 30Hz' 3V的矩形波於60°C的環境溫度外加2小時後切斷 直流電壓,切斷直流電壓後之殘留於液晶胞內的電壓,藉 由閃爍消去法獲得殘留DC電壓。 -109-(2) Evaluation of pretilt angle With respect to the liquid crystal display element manufactured as described above, according to the method described in TJ Scheffer et. al. J. Appl. Phys. vo 1. 19, p2013 (1980), by using He-Ne Ray The pre-tilt angle is measured by the crystal rotation method of the light. (3) Evaluation of voltage holding ratio For the liquid crystal display element manufactured above, 6 (TC is applied with an applied time of 60 microseconds, a span of 167 milliseconds, and a voltage of 5 V is applied, and Q is measured, and the measurement is released from external addition to 167 milliseconds. After the voltage holding ratio, the measuring device used (manufactured by TOYO Corporation, VHR-1). (4) Evaluation of afterimage. For the liquid crystal display element manufactured above, a rectangular wave of 30 Hz '3 V with a direct current of 5 V is superimposed on 60. After the ambient temperature of °C is applied for 2 hours, the DC voltage is cut off, the voltage remaining in the liquid crystal cell after the DC voltage is cut off, and the residual DC voltage is obtained by the scintillation erasing method.

200927727 實施例IE-39〜64 於上述實施例IE-38中,除了使用表4 液晶配向劑之外,與實施例IE-3 8同樣作法 配向型液晶顯示元件的製造,進行評估,評 表4。 實施例IE-65 <TN配向型液晶顯示元件的製造及評估> 將上述實施例IE-29所調製的液晶配向 使用旋轉塗佈機塗佈於附有由ITO膜所成透 基板的透明電極面上,藉由以18(TC加熱1 厚Ο.ίμιη的塗膜,於此塗膜的表面上,使用 蘭泰勒稜鏡,使含有 313 nm的亮線之 1,000J/m2,從基板法線起傾斜40°的方向照 配向能而形成液晶配向膜。 重複與上述同樣的操作,製作1對(2 導電膜面上具有液晶配向膜之玻璃基板。 於此1對的基板之各自形成有液晶配向 部,藉由網版印刷塗佈含有直徑5.5 μιη的氧 樹脂接著劑後,偏光紫外線照射方向成正交 壓著,以1 5 0 °C加熱1小時使接著劑熱硬化 板的間隙從液晶注入口注入正型的向列型液 司製、MLC-622 1、加入當手性分子劑)而: 氧系接著劑封閉液晶注入口,而且,爲了去 所列舉者作爲 ,進行各垂直 估結果列示於 齊!I A-IE-2 1, 明電極的玻璃 小時,形成膜 Hg-Xe燈及格 偏光紫外線 射,賦予液晶 片)之於透明 膜之面的周圍 化鋁球之環氧 下重疊基板而 ,接著,於基 晶(MELC公 眞充後,用環 除液晶注入時 -110- 200927727 的流動配向,將其用15 0 °C加熱10分鐘後緩慢冷卻至室溫 爲止,接下來,在基板的外側兩面上’藉由使偏光板,在 • 其偏光方向爲相互正交,且,與液晶配向膜的偏光方向成 , 平行下進行貼合,而製造TN配向型液晶顯示元件。 關於此液晶顯示元件的液晶配向性、電壓保持率及殘 像,與實施例IE-3 8同樣作法進行評估,評估結果列示於 表4。 ❿ 實施例IE-66 於上述實施例IE-65中,除了使用實施例IE-32所調 製的液晶配向劑A-IE-24作爲液晶配向劑之外,與實施例 IE-65同樣作法,進行TN配向型液晶顯示元件的製造, 進行評估,評估結果列示於表4。 〇 -111 - 200927727 表4 液晶配向劑 種類 液晶顯示元件 動作模式 液晶配向性 傾斜角 〇 電壓保持率 (%) 殘像 (mV) 實施例IE-38 A-IE-1 垂直 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-39 A-IE-2 垂直 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-40 A-IE-3 垂直 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-41 A-IE-4 垂直 良 89 98 5 實施例IE-42 A-IE-5 垂直 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-43 A-IE-6 垂直 良 89 98 5 實施例IE-44 A-IE-7 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-45 A-IE-8 垂直 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-46 A-IE-9 垂直 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-47 A-IE-10 垂直 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-48 A-IE-11 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-49 A-IE-12 垂直 良 89 99 6 實施例IE-50 A-IE-13 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-51 A-IE-14 垂直 良 89 99 5200927727 Example IE-39-64 In the above-mentioned Example IE-38, the manufacture of the alignment type liquid crystal display element was carried out in the same manner as in Example IE-3 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent of Table 4 was used, and evaluation was performed. . Example IE-65 <Manufacturing and Evaluation of TN-Aligned Liquid Crystal Display Element> The liquid crystal alignment prepared in the above Example IE-29 was applied to a transparent substrate coated with an ITO film using a spin coater. On the electrode surface, by using 18 (TC heating 1 thick Ο. ίμιη coating film, on the surface of the coating film, using Lan Taylor 稜鏡, so that the bright line containing 313 nm of 1,000 J / m2, from the substrate A liquid crystal alignment film is formed in a direction in which the normal line is inclined by 40°. The same operation as described above is repeated to produce a pair of (a glass substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film on the surface of the conductive film.) The liquid crystal alignment portion is coated with an oxygen resin adhesive having a diameter of 5.5 μm by screen printing, and the polarized ultraviolet light is irradiated in a direction orthogonal to each other, and heated at 150 ° C for 1 hour to form a gap of the adhesive thermosetting plate. Injecting a positive nematic liquid system from the liquid crystal injection port, MLC-622 1 and adding a chiral molecular agent): The oxygen-based adhesive seals the liquid crystal injection port, and, in order to go as listed, perform vertical The results are shown in Qi! I A-IE-2 1, Ming When the glass of the electrode is small, a film Hg-Xe lamp and a polarized ultraviolet light are formed, and the liquid crystal film is applied to the surface of the transparent film to superimpose the substrate under the epoxy of the aluminum film, and then, after the substrate is cooled (MELC) , using a ring to remove the liquid alignment of the liquid crystal injection -110-200927727, heat it at 150 ° C for 10 minutes and then slowly cool to room temperature, then, on the outer two sides of the substrate 'by making the polarizing plate • The polarizing direction is orthogonal to each other, and is bonded in parallel with the polarizing direction of the liquid crystal alignment film to form a TN alignment type liquid crystal display element. Liquid crystal alignment, voltage retention, and residual of the liquid crystal display element The evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example IE-3 8. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4. 实施 Example IE-66 In the above Example IE-65, except that the liquid crystal alignment agent prepared in Example IE-32 was used. A-IE-24 was used as a liquid crystal alignment agent in the same manner as in Example IE-65, and a TN alignment type liquid crystal display device was produced and evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4. 〇-111 - 200927727 Table 4 Liquid crystal Orientation Type of liquid crystal display element operation mode Liquid crystal alignment tilt angle 〇 Voltage holding ratio (%) Afterimage (mV) Example IE-38 A-IE-1 Vertical good 89 98 6 Example IE-39 A-IE-2 Vertical good 89 98 6 Example IE-40 A-IE-3 Vertical good 89 98 6 Example IE-41 A-IE-4 Vertical good 89 98 5 Example IE-42 A-IE-5 Vertical good 89 98 6 Example IE-43 A-IE-6 Vertical good 89 98 5 Example IE-44 A-IE-7 Vertical good 89 99 5 Example IE-45 A-IE-8 Vertical good 89 98 6 Example IE-46 A- IE-9 Vertical good 89 98 6 Example IE-47 A-IE-10 Vertical good 89 98 6 Example IE-48 A-IE-11 Vertical good 89 99 5 Example IE-49 A-IE-12 Vertical good 89 99 6 Example IE-50 A-IE-13 Vertical good 89 99 5 Example IE-51 A-IE-14 Vertical good 89 99 5

-112 200927727 表4 (續) 液晶配向劑 種類 液晶顯示元件 動作模式 液晶配向性 傾斜角 〇 電壓保持率 (%) 殘像 (mV) 實施例IE-52 A-IE-15 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-53 A-IE-16 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-54 A-IE-17 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-55 A-IE-18 垂直 良 89 98 5 實施例E-56 A-IE-19 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-57 A-IE-20 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-58 A-IE-22 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-59 A-IE-23 垂直 良 89 99 6 實施例IE-60 A-IE-25 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-61 A-IE-26 垂直 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-62 A-IE-27 垂直 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-63 A-IE-28 垂直 良 89 98 6 實施例BE-64 A-IE-29 垂直 良 89 99 3 實施例IE-65 A-IE-21 TN 良 - 99 10 實施例IE-66 A-IE-24 TN 良 98 10 ^ <塗膜的物性評估> 實施例IE-67~93 (1 ) i線吸收的評估 將表5所列舉的液晶配向劑’各自用旋轉塗佈於石英 ' 基板’以8 0。(:的加熱板上預烘烤1分鐘後’以2 〇 〇 °C加熱 1小時而形成膜厚爲的塗膜’關於具有此塗膜的基 板,使用分光光度計((股)日立製作所製、型式「υ-2010」)測量250〜500nm的波長範圍中UV吸收光譜。 以此波長區域中最大的吸光度爲100時之365 nm中吸 -113- 200927727 光度低於1者判定爲「良」,1以上者判定爲「不良」, 進行i線吸收的評估。 - 評估結果列示於表5。 (2 )耐熱性的評估 於上述實施例IE-38的< 垂直配向型液晶顯示元件的 製造 > 中,除了各自使用表5所列舉的液晶配向劑,且後 0 烘烤溫度定爲25 0°C之外,與實施例IE-28中同樣作法製 造垂直配向型液晶顯7JK兀件。關於所得到的液晶顯示元件 ’以顯示出優良的垂直配向性者(顯示出均勻的黑顯示者 )判定爲「良」’確認有光漏者判定爲「不良」進行評估 Ο 評估結果列不於表5。 實施例IE94及95 Q ( 1 ) i線吸收的評估 除了使用表5所列舉的液晶配向劑之外,與上述實施 例IE-67〜93同樣作法,於250〜500nm的波長範圍中測量 UV吸收光譜,評估結果列示於表5。 (2 )耐熱性的評估 於上述實施例IE-65的<TN配向型液晶顯示元件的製 造 > 中,除了使用表5所列舉的各液晶配向劑,且後烘烤 溫度定爲2 50°C之外,與實施例IE-65中同樣作法而製造 -114- 200927727 TN配向型液晶顯示元件。關於所得到的液晶顯示元件, 以顯示出優良的垂直配向性者(顯示出均勻的黑顯示者) 判定爲「良」’確認有光漏者判定爲「不良」進行評估。 評估結果列示於表5。 比較例ΙΕ-1 <聚醯胺酸的合成>-112 200927727 Table 4 (continued) Liquid crystal alignment agent type Liquid crystal display device operation mode Liquid crystal alignment tilt angle 〇 Voltage holding ratio (%) Afterimage (mV) Example IE-52 A-IE-15 Vertical good 89 99 5 Implementation Example IE-53 A-IE-16 Vertical good 89 99 5 Example IE-54 A-IE-17 Vertical good 89 99 5 Example IE-55 A-IE-18 Vertical good 89 98 5 Example E-56 A -IE-19 Vertical good 89 99 5 Example IE-57 A-IE-20 Vertical good 89 99 5 Example IE-58 A-IE-22 Vertical good 89 99 5 Example IE-59 A-IE-23 Vertical Good 89 99 6 Example IE-60 A-IE-25 Vertical good 89 99 5 Example IE-61 A-IE-26 Vertical good 89 98 6 Example IE-62 A-IE-27 Vertical good 89 99 5 Implementation Example IE-63 A-IE-28 Vertical good 89 98 6 Example BE-64 A-IE-29 Vertical good 89 99 3 Example IE-65 A-IE-21 TN good - 99 10 Example IE-66 A - IE-24 TN Good 98 10 ^ <Evaluation of physical properties of coating film> Example IE-67-93 (1) Evaluation of i-line absorption The liquid crystal alignment agents listed in Table 5 were each spin-coated on quartz. 'The substrate' is 80. (Pre-bake on a hot plate for 1 minute, 'heating at 2 ° C for 1 hour to form a coating film having a film thickness'. Using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) The type "υ-2010" measures the UV absorption spectrum in the wavelength range of 250 to 500 nm. The maximum absorbance in this wavelength region is 100. The absorption at 365 nm is -113-200927727. The luminosity is lower than 1 and is judged as "good". In the case of 1 or more, it was judged as "poor", and the evaluation of i-line absorption was performed. - The evaluation results are shown in Table 5. (2) Evaluation of heat resistance in the above-described Example IE-38 < Vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element Manufacturing > In the same manner as in Example IE-28, a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display 7JK element was produced except that the liquid crystal alignment agent listed in Table 5 was used, and the post-zero baking temperature was set to 25 ° C. Regarding the obtained liquid crystal display element, the person who showed excellent vertical alignment (displayed as a uniform black display) was judged as "good", and it was judged that the light leakage was judged as "poor". In Table 5. Examples IE94 and 95 Q ( 1 ) Evaluation of i-line absorption The UV absorption spectrum was measured in the wavelength range of 250 to 500 nm in the same manner as in the above Examples IE-67 to 93 except that the liquid crystal alignment agents listed in Table 5 were used, and the evaluation results are shown in Table 5. (2) Evaluation of heat resistance In the production of <TN alignment type liquid crystal display element of the above Example IE-65, except that each liquid crystal alignment agent listed in Table 5 was used, and the post-baking temperature was set to 2 A -114-200927727 TN alignment type liquid crystal display element was produced in the same manner as in Example IE-65 except for 50 ° C. The obtained liquid crystal display element was shown to exhibit excellent vertical alignment (showing uniformity) The black display is judged as "good" and it is judged that the light leak is judged as "poor". The evaluation results are shown in Table 5. Comparative Example &-1 <Synthesis of Polyglycolic Acid>

將2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐22.4g(0.1莫耳)與 依照特表2003 -5 208 7 8號公報所合成的下述式(d-1) ch322.4 g (0.1 mol) of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride and the following formula (d-1) ch3 synthesized according to JP-A-2003-5208-8

(d-1) nh2 ο C4H9-0 ch=ch-coo-c6h12—ooc 所表示的化合物48.46g ( 0.1莫耳),溶解於N-甲基-2-吡 ^ 咯烷酮283.4g,於室溫使其反應6小時。接著,將反應混 合物注入至大量過剩的甲醇中,使反應生成物沈澱,將沈 激物用甲醇洗淨,藉由在減壓下以40 °C乾燥1 5小時,得 到67g的聚醯胺酸。 <液晶配向劑的調製> 將上述所合成的聚醯胺酸溶解於由N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮及丁基溶纖劑所成的混合溶劑(混合比=50 : 50 (重量 比)),製成固形分濃度3.0重量%的溶液,藉由將此溶 -115- 200927727 液用孔徑Ιμηι的過濾器過濾,調製液晶配向劑RA-IE-1。 <塗膜的物性評估> 除了使用上述所調製的液晶配向劑RA-IE-1之外,與 實施例IE-6 7〜93中同樣作法進行塗膜物性的評估。 評估結果列示於表5。 表5(d-1) nh2 ο C4H9-0 ch=ch-coo-c6h12—ooc Compound 48.46g (0.1 mol), dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 283.4g, in room The temperature was allowed to react for 6 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate a reaction product, and the precipitate was washed with methanol, and dried at 40 ° C for 15 hours under reduced pressure to obtain 67 g of polylysine. . <Preparation of Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent> The polylysine synthesized above was dissolved in a mixed solvent of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and butyl cellosolve (mixing ratio = 50:50 (weight ratio)) A solution having a solid concentration of 3.0% by weight was prepared, and the liquid-soluble alignment agent RA-IE-1 was prepared by filtering the solution of -115-200927727 with a filter of pore size Ιμηι. <Evaluation of physical properties of coating film> The evaluation of the physical properties of the coating film was carried out in the same manner as in the examples IE-6 7 to 93 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent RA-IE-1 prepared above was used. The evaluation results are shown in Table 5. table 5

液晶配向劑 種類 塗膜物性 i線吸收 耐熱性 實施例IE-67 A-IE-1 良 良 實施例IE-68 A-IE-2 良 良 實施例IE-69 A-IE-3 良 良 實施例IE-70 A-IE-4 良 良 實施例IE-71 A-IE-5 良 良 實施例IE-72 A-IE-6 良 良 實施例IE-73 A-IE-7 良 良 實施例ffi-74 A-IE-8 良 良 實施例IE-75 A-IE-9 良 良 實施例ffi-76 A-IE-10 良 良 實施例ffi-77 A-IE-11 良 良 實施例IE-78 A-IE-12 良 良 實施例IE-79 A-IE-13 良 良 實施例IE-80 A-IE-14 良 良 實施例ffi-81 A-IE-15 良 良 實施例正-82 A-IE-16 良 良 -116- 200927727 表5 (續) 液晶配向劑 WM 塗膜物性 i線吸收 耐熱性 實施例ΙΕ-83 Α-ΙΕ-17 良 良 實施例Ε-84 Α-ΙΕ-18 良 良 實施例ΙΕ-85 Α-ΙΕ-19 良 良 實施例ΙΕ-86 Α-ΙΕ-20 良 良 實施例ΙΕ-87 Α-ΙΕ-22 良 良 實施例ΙΕ-88 Α-ΙΕ-23 良 良 實施例ΙΕ-89 Α-ΙΕ-25 良 良 實施例ΙΕ-90 Α-ΙΕ-26 良 良 實施例正-91 Α-ΙΕ-27 良 良 實施例ΙΕ-92 Α-ΙΕ-28 良 良 實施例ΙΕ-93 Α-ΙΕ-29 良 良 實施例ΙΕ-94 Α-ΙΕ-21 良 良 實施例ΙΕ-95 Α-正-24 良 良 比較例ΙΕ-1 RA-IE-1 不良 良Liquid crystal alignment agent type coating film physical property i-line absorption heat resistance Example IE-67 A-IE-1 Good example IE-68 A-IE-2 Good example IE-69 A-IE-3 Good example IE-70 A-IE-4 Liangliang Example IE-71 A-IE-5 Liangliang Example IE-72 A-IE-6 Liangliang Example IE-73 A-IE-7 Liangliang Example ffi- 74 A-IE-8 Liangliang Example IE-75 A-IE-9 Liangliang Example ffi-76 A-IE-10 Liangliang Example ffi-77 A-IE-11 Liangliang Example IE-78 A -IE-12 Liangliang Example IE-79 A-IE-13 Liangliang Example IE-80 A-IE-14 Liangliang Example ffi-81 A-IE-15 Liangliang Example Zheng-82 A-IE -16 良良-116- 200927727 Table 5 (continued) Liquid crystal alignment agent WM Coating physical property i-line absorption heat resistance Example ΙΕ-83 Α-ΙΕ-17 Liangliang example Ε-84 Α-ΙΕ-18 Liangliang implementation Example -85 Α-ΙΕ-19 Liangliang Example ΙΕ-86 Α-ΙΕ-20 Liangliang Example ΙΕ-87 Α-ΙΕ-22 Liangliang Example ΙΕ-88 Α-ΙΕ-23 Liangliang Example -89 Α-ΙΕ-25 良良实施例ΙΕ-90 Α-ΙΕ-26 良良实施例正-91 Α-ΙΕ-27 良良实施例ΙΕ-92 Α- ΙΕ-28 良良实施例ΙΕ-93 Α-ΙΕ-29 Liangliang Example ΙΕ-94 Α-ΙΕ-21 Liangliang Example ΙΕ-95 Α-正-24 Liangliang Comparative ExampleΙΕ-1 RA-IE- 1 bad

<液晶配向劑的調製及保存安定性的評估> 實施例IE-96~107 於上述實施例IE-16中,除了敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧 烷的種類與其他聚合物的種類及量如表6所記載之外,與 實施例IE-16同樣地實施,各自調製液晶配向齊j Α_ΙΕ· 3〇〜Α-ΙΕ-41。關於各液晶配向劑,與實施例ιΕ_16同樣作 法所調查的保存安定性的評估結果列示於表6。 <垂直配向型液晶顯示元件的製造及評估> 實施例IΕ -1 0 8〜1 1 9 -117- 200927727 於上述實施例IE-38中,除了各自使用表7所列舉者 作爲液晶配向劑之外,與實施例IE-3 8同樣作法,進行垂 直配向型液晶顯示元件的製造,進行評估,評估結果列示 於表7。 <塗膜的物性評估> 實施例IE-120〜131 除了使用表8所列舉的各液晶配向劑之外,與實施例 IE-6 7~93同樣作法,進行i線吸收的評估及耐熱性的評估 〇 評估結果列示於表8。<Evaluation of Modulation and Storage Stability of Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent> Examples IE-96 to 107 In the above Example IE-16, except for the type of the sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane and the types and amounts of other polymers As described in Table 6, the same procedure as in Example IE-16 was carried out, and the liquid crystal alignment was modulated to j Α ΙΕ 〇 〇 〇 。 。 ΙΕ ΙΕ 41 41 41. The evaluation results of the storage stability investigated by the same procedure as in Example ι_16 for each liquid crystal alignment agent are shown in Table 6. <Manufacturing and Evaluation of Vertical Alignment Type Liquid Crystal Display Element> Example IΕ -1 0 8~1 1 9 -117- 200927727 In the above-described Example IE-38, except that each of those listed in Table 7 was used as a liquid crystal alignment agent In the same manner as in the example IE-3 8, the production of the vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element was carried out and evaluated, and the evaluation results are shown in Table 7. <Evaluation of physical properties of coating film> Examples IE-120 to 131 In the same manner as in Examples IE-6 7 to 93, the evaluation of i-line absorption and heat resistance were carried out except that each of the liquid crystal alignment agents listed in Table 8 was used. The results of the evaluation and evaluation are shown in Table 8.

表6 液晶配向劑 名稱 敏輻射線性聚 有機矽氧烷觀 其他聚合物 保存安定性 種類 使用量 (重量份) 實施例IE96 A-IE-30 S-IE-1 PA-1 1,000 良 實施例IE97 A-IE-31 S-IE-1 PA-2 1,000 良 實施例IE98 A-IE-32 S-IE-1 PA-3 1,000 良 實施例IE99 A-IE-33 S-IE-1 PA-5 1,000 良 實施例IE100 A-IE-34 S-IE-1 PI-1 1,000 良 實施例IE101 A-IE-35 S-IE-1 PI-2 1,000 良 實施例IE102 A-IE-36 S-IE-1 PI-3 1,000 良 實施例IE103 A-IE-37 S-IE-1 PI-4 1,000 良 實施例IE104 A-IE-38 S-IE-1 PI-6 1,000 良 實施例IE105 A-IE-39 S-IE-1 PI-7 1,000 良 實施例IE106 A-IE-40 S-IE-1 PI-8 1,000 良 實施例IE107 A-IE-41 S-IE-1 PI-9 1,000 良 -118- 200927727 表7 液晶配向 劑(名稱) 液晶顯示元件 動作模式 液晶配向性 傾斜角 (。) 電壓保持率 (%) 殘像(殘留DC電壓 )(mV) 實施例IE-108 A-IE-30 垂直配向 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-109 A-IE-31 垂直配向 良 89 98 6 實施例ffi-ll〇 A-IE-32 垂直配向 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-111 A-IE-33 垂直配向 良 89 98 6 實施例IE-112 A-IE-34 垂直配向 良 89 99 6 實施例IE-113 A-IE-35 垂直配向 良 89 99 6 實施例IE-114 A-IE-36 垂直配向 良 89 99 6 實施例ffi-115 Α-ΪΕ-37 垂直配向 良 89 99 6 實施例IE-116 A-IE-38 垂直配向 良 89 99 6 實施例IE-117 A-IE-39 垂直配向 良 89 99 6 實施例IE-118 A-IE-40 垂直配向 良 89 99 6 實施例IE-119 A-IE-41 垂直配向 良 89 99 6Table 6 Liquid Crystal Alignment Agent Name Sensitive Radiation Linear Polyorganooxane View Other Polymer Preservation Stability Type Usage (Parts by Weight) Example IE96 A-IE-30 S-IE-1 PA-1 1,000 Good Practice IE97 A -IE-31 S-IE-1 PA-2 1,000 Good Practice IE98 A-IE-32 S-IE-1 PA-3 1,000 Good Practice IE99 A-IE-33 S-IE-1 PA-5 1,000 Good EXAMPLE IE100 A-IE-34 S-IE-1 PI-1 1,000 Good Practice IE101 A-IE-35 S-IE-1 PI-2 1,000 Good Practice IE102 A-IE-36 S-IE-1 PI -3 1,000 Good Practice IE103 A-IE-37 S-IE-1 PI-4 1,000 Good Practice IE104 A-IE-38 S-IE-1 PI-6 1,000 Good Practice IE105 A-IE-39 S- IE-1 PI-7 1,000 Good Practice IE106 A-IE-40 S-IE-1 PI-8 1,000 Good Practice IE107 A-IE-41 S-IE-1 PI-9 1,000 Good-118- 200927727 Table 7 Liquid crystal alignment agent (name) Liquid crystal display element operation mode Liquid crystal alignment tilt angle (.) Voltage retention rate (%) Afterimage (residual DC voltage) (mV) Example IE-108 A-IE-30 Vertical alignment good 89 98 6 Example IE-109 A-IE-31 Vertical alignment good 89 98 6 Example ffi-ll〇A-IE-32 Vertical alignment good 89 98 6 Real Example IE-111 A-IE-33 Vertical alignment good 89 98 6 Example IE-112 A-IE-34 Vertical alignment good 89 99 6 Example IE-113 A-IE-35 Vertical alignment good 89 99 6 Example IE -114 A-IE-36 Vertical alignment good 89 99 6 Example ffi-115 Α-ΪΕ-37 Vertical alignment good 89 99 6 Example IE-116 A-IE-38 Vertical alignment good 89 99 6 Example IE-117 A-IE-39 Vertical alignment good 89 99 6 Example IE-118 A-IE-40 Vertical alignment good 89 99 6 Example IE-119 A-IE-41 Vertical alignment good 89 99 6

〇 -119- 200927727 表8 液晶配向劑 名稱 塗膜物性 i線吸收 耐熱性 實施例IE-120 A-IE-30 良 良 實施例IE-121 良 良 實施例IE-122 A-IE-32 良 良 實施例IE-123 A-IE-33 良 良 實施例ffi-124 A-IH-34 良 良 實施例ffi-125 A-IE-35 良 良 實施例IE-126 A-IE-36 良 良 實施例IE-127 實施例IE-128 —^IE-37__ 良 良 A-IE-38 良 良 實施例IE-129 A-IE-^Q 良 良 實施例IE-130 ^ A"IE"4D 良 良 實施例ffi-131 —A-IH-41 良 良 <敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷的合成> 實施例IE-132 於上述實施例IE-1中,除了使用5.0g的上述合成例 4所合成的EPS-4取代EPS」作爲具有環氧基的聚有機矽 氧院’將作爲肉桂酸衍生物(1)之化合物(2-2-1-1(2) )的使用量’相對於EPS-4所具有的環氧基爲50莫耳%之 外’藉由與實施例IE-1同樣作法實施,得到敏輻射線性 聚有機矽氧院S-IE-9,S-IE-9的重量平均分子量Mw爲 1 6,200 ° 實施例IE-133 於上述實施例IE -1中,除了使用由相對於E P S -1所 -120- 〇〇-119- 200927727 Table 8 Liquid crystal alignment agent name Coating property i-line absorption heat resistance Example IE-120 A-IE-30 Liangliang Example IE-121 Liangliang Example IE-122 A-IE-32 Liangliang Example IE-123 A-IE-33 Liangliang Example ffi-124 A-IH-34 Liangliang Example ffi-125 A-IE-35 Liangliang Example IE-126 A-IE-36 Liangliang Example IE-127 Embodiment IE-128 -^IE-37__ Liangliang A-IE-38 Liangliang Example IE-129 A-IE-^Q Liangliang Example IE-130 ^ A"IE" 4D Good Practice Ffi-131 - A-IH-41 Synthesis of Liangliang <Sensitive Radiation Linear Polyorganooxane> Example IE-132 In the above Example IE-1, except that 5.0 g of the above Synthesis Example 4 was used EPS-4 replaces EPS" as a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group's use as a compound of cinnamic acid derivative (1) (2-2-1-1(2)) relative to EPS- 4 having an epoxy group of 50 mol%, which was carried out in the same manner as in Example IE-1, to obtain a weight average of the radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane S-IE-9, S-IE-9. The molecular weight Mw is 1,600 ° ° Example IE-133 above In the embodiment IE-1, except that it is used by -120- 相对 relative to E P S -1

200927727 具有的環氧基爲50莫耳%的化合物(2-2-1-1 (2) 化合物(2-2-1-1(1)),與相對於EPS-1的環拳 莫耳%之作爲其他預傾角表現性化合物的上述式( 所表示的化合物所成的混合物之外,藉由與實施 同樣作法實施,得到敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷S -S-IE-10的重量平均分子量Mw爲1 8,400。 實施例 IE-134-141 於上述實施例IE-133中,除了將肉桂酸衍生 及其他預傾角表現性化合物的種類及量,各自如表 載之外,與實施例IE-133同樣地實施,得到各想 性聚有機矽氧烷 S-IE-11〜S-IE-18,此等敏輻射線 機矽氧烷的重量平均分子量Mw列示於表9。 再者,於表9中,其他預傾角表現性化合物纪 (4-3-1 )」、「( 4-3-2 )」及「( 4-3-3 )」,係 述式(4-3-1) 、(4-3-2)或(4-3-3)所表示的化 <液晶配向劑的調製及保存安定性的評估> 實施例IE-142〜171 於上述實施例IE·9中’除了將敏輻射線性薄 氧烷的種類與其他聚合物的種類及量’各自如表 載之外,與實施例IE-9同樣地實施,各自調製密 劑A-IE-42〜A-IE-71。關於各液晶配向劑’與實施 同樣作法所調查的保存安定性的評估結果列示於表 )取代 :基爲5 4-3-1 ) 例 IE-1 IE-10 , 物(1 ) 9所記 :輻射線 性聚有 丨簡稱「 :指各上 合物。 丨有機矽 10所記 :晶配向 例 IE - 9 10 ° -121 - 200927727 <垂直配向型液晶顯示元件的製造及評估> • 實施例IE-172〜201 - 於上述實施例IE-3 8中’除了使用如表1 1所列示者 作爲液晶配向劑之外’與實施例1E_38同樣作法’進行各 垂直配向型液晶顯示元件的製造’進行評估’評估結果列 示於表11。 〇 <塗膜的物性評估> 實施例IE-202〜23 1 除了各自使用表12所列舉的液晶配向劑之外,與上 述實施例IE-67〜93同樣作法,進行i線吸收的評估及耐熱 性的評估。 評估結果列不於表1 2。 ❹ -122 200927727 表9200927727 has a compound having an epoxy group of 50 mol% (2-2-1-1 (2) compound (2-2-1-1 (1)), and % ringing molar relative to EPS-1 The weight average of the radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane S-S-IE-10 was obtained by performing the same procedure as the above-mentioned formula of the other pretilt-exhibiting compound (the mixture of the compounds represented by the same method). The molecular weight Mw was 1,800. Example IE-134-141 In the above Example IE-133, except that the types and amounts of cinnamic acid-derived and other pretilt-representative compounds were respectively shown in the Table, and Examples IE -133 was carried out in the same manner, and each of the desired polyorganosiloxanes S-IE-11 to S-IE-18 was obtained. The weight average molecular weight Mw of the above-mentioned sensitizing radiation machine oxime is shown in Table 9. Further, In Table 9, other pretilt performance compounds (4-3-1), "(4-3-2)" and "(4-3-3)" are described in the formula (4-3-1). , (4-3-2) or (4-3-3), <Evaluation of preparation and storage stability of liquid crystal alignment agent> Examples IE-142 to 171 in the above embodiment IE·9 In addition to the sensitive radiation linear oxygen The type and amount of other polymers were carried out in the same manner as in Example IE-9 except that the type and amount of the other polymers were carried out, and the respective monomers A-IE-42 to A-IE-71 were prepared. The evaluation results of the preservation stability investigated in the same way as the implementation are listed in the table) Substitute: Base is 5 4-3-1) Example IE-1 IE-10, substance (1) 9 Note: Radiation linear clustering The abbreviation ": refers to each of the above compounds. 丨 Organic 矽 10 notes: crystal matching to the case IE - 9 10 ° -121 - 200927727 <Manufacturing and evaluation of vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element> • Example IE-172~201 - Evaluation of the manufacture of each vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element 'in the same manner as in Example 1E_38' except that the liquid crystal alignment agent as shown in Table 1 was used in the above-mentioned Example IE-3 8 The results are shown in Table 11. 〇 <Physical property evaluation of coating film> Examples IE-202 to 23 1 The same procedure as in the above Examples IE-67 to 93 was carried out except that the liquid crystal alignment agents listed in Table 12 were used. , evaluation of i-line absorption and evaluation of heat resistance. The evaluation results are listed in Table 12. 2. ❹ -122 20 0927727 Table 9

Ο 具有環氧基 的聚有機矽 氧烷種類 肉桂酸衍生物⑴ 其他傾斜角表 現性化合物 敏輻射線性聚 有機矽氧烷 名稱 使用量 (莫耳%) 名稱 使用量 (莫耳%) 名稱 Mw 實施例IE-132 EPS-4 2-1-1-1(2) 50 _ 0 S-IE-9 16,200 實肺!Jffi-133 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 (4-3-1) 5 S-IE-10 18,400 實施例IE-134 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 (4-3-1) 10 S-IE-11 18,800 實施例ffi-135 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 (4-3-1) 20 S-IE-12 19,100 實施例IE-136 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 (4-3-2) 20 S-IE-13 19,500 實施例IE-137 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 (4-3-3) 20 S-IE-14 19,600 實施例IE-138 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 十二烷酸 20 S-IE-15 19,000 實施例IE-139 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 硬脂酸 20 S-IE-16 19,300 實施例IE-140 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(3) 50 十二烷酸 20 S-IE-17 19,100 實施例IE-141 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(3) 50 硬脂酸 20 S-IE-18 19,300 123- 200927727聚 Polyorganosiloxane type cinnamic acid derivatives with epoxy groups (1) Other tilting angles Representation compounds Sensitive radiation Linear polyorganosiloxane name usage (mol%) Name usage (mol%) Name Mw implementation Example IE-132 EPS-4 2-1-1-1(2) 50 _ 0 S-IE-9 16,200 Real lung! Jffi-133 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 (4-3 -1) 5 S-IE-10 18,400 Example IE-134 EPS-1 2-1-1-1 (2) 50 (4-3-1) 10 S-IE-11 18,800 Example ffi-135 EPS- 1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 (4-3-1) 20 S-IE-12 19,100 Example IE-136 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 (4-3- 2) 20 S-IE-13 19,500 Example IE-137 EPS-1 2-1-1-1 (2) 50 (4-3-3) 20 S-IE-14 19,600 Example IE-138 EPS-1 2-1-1-1(2) 50 Dodecanoic acid 20 S-IE-15 19,000 Example IE-139 EPS-1 2-1-1-1 (2) 50 Stearic acid 20 S-IE-16 19,300 Example IE-140 EPS-1 2-1-1-1 (3) 50 Dodecanoic acid 20 S-IE-17 19,100 Example IE-141 EPS-1 2-1-1-1 (3) 50 Stearic acid 20 S-IE-18 19,300 123- 200927727

表10 液晶配向劑 名稱 敏輻射線性 聚有機矽氧烷 種類 其他聚合物 保存 安定性 種類 使用量 (重量份) 實施例IE-142 A-IE-42 S-正-9 PA-4 1,000 良 實施例IE-143 A-IE-43 S-IE-9 PA-4 500 良 實施例IE-144 A-IE-44 S-IE-9 PA-4 1,000 良 實施例IE-145 A-IE-45 S-IE-9 PI-5 1,000 良 實施例IE-146 A-IE-46 S-IE-9 PI-6 1,000 良 實施例IE-147 A-IE-47 S-正-9 PI-7 1,000 良 實施例IE-148 A-IE-48 S-IE-9 PI-8 1,000 良 實施例IE-149 A-IE-49 S-IE-9 PI-9 1,000 良 實施例IE-150 A-IE-50 S-IE-9 PA-4 2,000 良 實施例IE-151 A-IE-51 S-IE-10 PA-4 2,000 良 實施例IE-152 A-IE-52 S-IE-10 PI-5 2,000 良 實施例正-153 A-IE-53 S-IE-10 PI-6 2,000 良 實施例IE-154 A-IE-54 S-IE-10 PI-7 2,000 良 實施例IE-155 A-IE-55 S-IE-10 PI-8 2,000 良 實施例IE-156 A-IE-56 S-IE-10 PI-9 2,000 良 實施例IE-157 A-IE-57 S-IE-11 PA-4 2,000 良 實施例IE-158 A-IE-58 S-IE-12 PA-4 2,000 良 實施例IE-159 A-IE-59 S-IE-13 PA-4 2,000 良 實施例IE-160 A-IE-60 S-IE-14 PA-4 2,000 良 實施例IE-161 A-IE-61 S-IE-15 PA-4 2,000 良 實施例IE-162 A-IE-62 S-IE-16 PA-4 2,000 良 實施例正-163 A-IE-63 S-IE-17 PA-4 2,000 良 實施例IE-164 A-IE-64 S-IE-18 PA-4 2,000 良 實施例IE-165 A-IE-65 S-IE-18 PA-4 1,000 良 實施例IE-166 A-IE-66 S-IE-18 PA-4 500 良 實施例IE-167 A-IE-67 S-IE-18 PI-5 1,000 良 實施例IE-168 A-IE-68 S-IE-18 PI-6 1,000 良 實施例ffi-169 A-IE-69 S-IE-18 PI-7 1,000 良 實施例ffi-ΠΟ A-IE-70 S-IE-18 PI-8 1,000 良 實施例IE-171 A-IE-71 S-IE-18 PI-9 1,000 良 -124- 200927727 表1 1Table 10 Liquid crystal alignment agent name Sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane species Other polymer storage stability type Usage (parts by weight) Example IE-142 A-IE-42 S-正-9 PA-4 1,000 Good example IE-143 A-IE-43 S-IE-9 PA-4 500 Good Practice IE-144 A-IE-44 S-IE-9 PA-4 1,000 Good Practice IE-145 A-IE-45 S- IE-9 PI-5 1,000 Good Practice IE-146 A-IE-46 S-IE-9 PI-6 1,000 Good Practice IE-147 A-IE-47 S-正-9 PI-7 1,000 Good Practice IE-148 A-IE-48 S-IE-9 PI-8 1,000 Good Practice IE-149 A-IE-49 S-IE-9 PI-9 1,000 Good Practice IE-150 A-IE-50 S- IE-9 PA-4 2,000 Good Practice IE-151 A-IE-51 S-IE-10 PA-4 2,000 Good Practice IE-152 A-IE-52 S-IE-10 PI-5 2,000 Good Practice Positive-153 A-IE-53 S-IE-10 PI-6 2,000 Good example IE-154 A-IE-54 S-IE-10 PI-7 2,000 Good example IE-155 A-IE-55 S- IE-10 PI-8 2,000 Good Practice IE-156 A-IE-56 S-IE-10 PI-9 2,000 Good Practice IE-157 A-IE-57 S-IE-11 PA-4 2,000 Good Practice IE-158 A-IE-58 S-IE-12 PA-4 2,000 Good Practice IE-159 A-IE-59 S-IE-13 PA-4 2,000 Good Example IE-160 A-IE-60 S-IE-14 PA-4 2,000 Good Practice IE-161 A-IE-61 S-IE-15 PA-4 2,000 Good Practice IE-162 A-IE-62 S -IE-16 PA-4 2,000 Good Practice -163 A-IE-63 S-IE-17 PA-4 2,000 Good IE-164 A-IE-64 S-IE-18 PA-4 2,000 Good implementation Example IE-165 A-IE-65 S-IE-18 PA-4 1,000 Good Practice IE-166 A-IE-66 S-IE-18 PA-4 500 Good Practice IE-167 A-IE-67 S -IE-18 PI-5 1,000 Good example IE-168 A-IE-68 S-IE-18 PI-6 1,000 Good example ffi-169 A-IE-69 S-IE-18 PI-7 1,000 Good implementation Example ffi-ΠΟ A-IE-70 S-IE-18 PI-8 1,000 Good Practice IE-171 A-IE-71 S-IE-18 PI-9 1,000 Good-124- 200927727 Table 1 1

液晶顯示元件 液晶配向劑 (名稱) 配向 液晶 傾斜角 電壓保持 殘像(殘留 模式 配向性 (。) 率(%) DC 電壓)(mV) 實施例IE-172 A-IE-42 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-173 A-IE-43 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例ffi-174 A-IE-44 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-175 A-IE-45 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-176 A-IE-46 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例ffi-177 A-IE-47 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-178 A-IE-48 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-179 A-IE-49 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-180 A-IE-50 垂直配向 良 89 98 5 實施例IE-181 A-IE-51 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-182 A-IE-52 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-183 A-IE-53 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-184 A-IE-54 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-185 A-IE-55 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-186 A-IE-56 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-187 A-IE-57 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例I IE-188 A-IE-58 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-189 A-IE-59 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-190 A-IE-60 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-191 A-IE-61 垂直配向 良 89 98 5 實施例IE-192 A-IE-62 垂直配向 良 89 98 5 實施例IE-193 A-IE-63 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-194 A-IE-64 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-195 A-IE-65 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-196 A-IE-66 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-197 A-IE-67 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-198 A-IE-68 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-199 A-IE-69 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-200 A-IE-70 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 實施例IE-201 A-IE-71 垂直配向 良 89 99 5 -125- 200927727Liquid crystal display element liquid crystal alignment agent (name) Alignment liquid crystal tilt angle voltage retention afterimage (residual mode alignment (.) rate (%) DC voltage) (mV) Example IE-172 A-IE-42 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-173 A-IE-43 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example ffi-174 A-IE-44 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-175 A-IE-45 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Implementation Example IE-176 A-IE-46 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example ffi-177 A-IE-47 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-178 A-IE-48 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE -179 A-IE-49 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-180 A-IE-50 Vertical alignment good 89 98 5 Example IE-181 A-IE-51 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-182 A-IE-52 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-183 A-IE-53 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-184 A-IE-54 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-185 A- IE-55 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-186 A-IE-56 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-187 A-IE-57 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example I IE-188 A-IE -58 Vertical alignment good 89 9 9 5 Example IE-189 A-IE-59 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-190 A-IE-60 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-191 A-IE-61 Vertical alignment good 89 98 5 EXAMPLE IE-192 A-IE-62 Vertical alignment good 89 98 5 Example IE-193 A-IE-63 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-194 A-IE-64 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-195 A-IE-65 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-196 A-IE-66 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-197 A-IE-67 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE- 198 A-IE-68 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-199 A-IE-69 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-200 A-IE-70 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 Example IE-201 A -IE-71 Vertical alignment good 89 99 5 -125- 200927727

表12 液晶配向劑 名稱 塗膜物性 i線吸收 耐熱性 實施例IE-202 A-IE-42 良 良 實施例IE-203 A-IE-43 良 良 實施例IE-204 A-IE-44 良 良 實施例IE-205 A-IE-45 良 良 實施例IE-206 A-IE-46 良 良 實施例IE-207 A-IE-47 良 良 實施例IE-208 A-IE-48 良 良 實施例IE-209 A-IE-49 良 良 實施例IE-210 A-IE-50 良 良 實施例ffi-211 A-IE-51 良 良 實施例IE-212 A-IE-52 良 良 實施例ffi-213 A-IE-53 良 良 實施例IE-214 A-IE-54 良 良 實施例ffi-215 A-IE-55 良 良 實施例IE-216 A-IE-56 良 良 實施例IE-217 A-IE-57 良 良 實施例IE-218 A-IE-58 良 良 實施例IE-219 A-IE-59 良 良 實施例IE-220 A-IE-60 良 良 實施例ffi-221 A-IE-61 良 良 實施例ffi-222 A-IE-62 良 良 實施例IE-223 A-IE-63 良 良 實施例ffi-224 A-IE-64 良 良 實施例IE-225 A-IE-65 良 良 實施例IE-226 A-IE-66 良 良 實施例IE-227 A-IE-67 良 良 實施例IE-228 A-IE-68 良 良 實施例ffi-229 A-IE-69 良 良 實施例IE-230 A-IE-70 良 良 實施例IE-231 A-IE-71 良 良 -126- 200927727 由上述的實施例可具體地清楚了解’本發明的'液晶配 ' 向劑,作爲可適用光配向法之液晶配向劑’與先前技術已 - 知之液晶配向劑比較下,可以少的放射線照射量形成具有 優異的液晶配向性及電特性之液晶配向膜。而且’因爲不 會因爲長波長區域,例如365 nm以上的波長的光引起光反 應,且所得到的液晶配向膜的耐熱性高,故可在步驟上無 0 不佳狀況下進行液晶面板的製造。此外,由本發明的液晶 配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜,因爲不會因爲長波長區域的 光引起光反應,對於液晶面板使用時中背光的光亦具有長 期間的安定性。 故,將此液晶配向膜適用於液晶顯示元件時,可以比 先前技術更廉價地製造液晶顯示元件,而且所得到的液晶 顯示元件,成爲顯示特性、信賴性等之諸性能優異者。所 以,此等的液晶顯示元件可有效地適用於各種的裝置,例 © 如可適用於桌上計算機、手錶、座鐘、計數表示板、文字 處理、個人電腦、液晶電視等之裝置。 -127-Table 12 Liquid crystal alignment agent name Coating property i-line absorption heat resistance Example IE-202 A-IE-42 Liangliang Example IE-203 A-IE-43 Liangliang Example IE-204 A-IE-44 Liangliang EXAMPLE IE-205 A-IE-45 良良实施例 IE-206 A-IE-46 良良实施例 IE-207 A-IE-47 良良实施例 IE-208 A-IE-48 良良实施例IE-209 A-IE-49 Liangliang Example IE-210 A-IE-50 Liangliang Example ffi-211 A-IE-51 Liangliang Example IE-212 A-IE-52 Liangliang Example ffi- 213 A-IE-53 Liangliang Example IE-214 A-IE-54 Liangliang Example ffi-215 A-IE-55 Liangliang Example IE-216 A-IE-56 Liangliang Example IE-217 A -IE-57 Liangliang Example IE-218 A-IE-58 Liangliang Example IE-219 A-IE-59 Liangliang Example IE-220 A-IE-60 Liangliang Example ffi-221 A-IE -61 good example ffi-222 A-IE-62 good example IE-223 A-IE-63 good example ffi-224 A-IE-64 good example IE-225 A-IE-65 Liangliang Example IE-226 A-IE-66 Liangliang Example IE-227 A-IE-67 Liangliang Example IE-228 A-IE-68 Liangliang Example ffi-229 A-IE-69 LiangliangEXAMPLES IE-230 A-IE-70 良良实施例 IE-231 A-IE-71 良良-126- 200927727 The 'liquid crystal alignment agent' of the present invention can be specifically understood from the above examples, as A liquid crystal alignment agent which is excellent in liquid crystal alignment and electrical properties can be formed with a small amount of radiation exposure in comparison with a liquid crystal alignment agent which is known from the prior art. Moreover, since the light reaction is not caused by light of a long wavelength region, for example, a wavelength of 365 nm or more, and the heat resistance of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film is high, the liquid crystal panel can be manufactured without a step of 0. . Further, the liquid crystal alignment film formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention does not cause photoreaction due to light in a long wavelength region, and the backlight of the liquid crystal panel also has long-term stability. Therefore, when the liquid crystal alignment element is applied to a liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal display element can be manufactured at a lower cost than the prior art, and the obtained liquid crystal display element is excellent in performance such as display characteristics and reliability. Therefore, these liquid crystal display elements can be effectively applied to various devices, for example, as applicable to desktop computers, watches, desk clocks, counting display boards, word processing, personal computers, liquid crystal televisions, and the like. -127-

Claims (1)

200927727 十、申請專利範圍 1 · 一種液晶配向劑,其特徵係含有使下述式(1 )200927727 X. Patent application scope 1 · A liquid crystal alignment agent characterized by containing the following formula (1) 0 (式(1)中,R^R2及R3各自獨立地爲氫原子或1價的 有機基’惟R3非氫原子時,R1及R2中的至少一方爲羧基 或具有羧基的有機基,R1與R2可互相地鍵結形成環) 所表示的化合物,與 由具有下述式(S-1 )In the formula (1), R^R2 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and when R3 is not a hydrogen atom, at least one of R1 and R2 is a carboxyl group or an organic group having a carboxyl group, R1 And R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring) a compound represented by the formula (S-1) Γί1 一-Si-O一 .Y1 .Γί1 one-Si-O one .Y1 . (式(S-ι)中,χΐ爲具有環氧基的i價的有機基;γΐ爲 羥基、碳數1〜10的烷氧基、碳數1〜20的烷基或碳數 6〜20的芳基) 所表示的重複單元之聚有機矽氧烷、其水解物及水解物的 縮合物所成的群所選出的至少1種 反應而得到的敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶配向劑,其中上述 式(1)所表示的化合物爲下述式(2) -128- 200927727(In the formula (S-), χΐ is an i-valent organic group having an epoxy group; γ ΐ is a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 6 to 20 The aryl group) is a radiation-sensitive linear polyorganosiloxane obtained by reacting at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyorganosiloxane of a repeating unit and a condensate of a hydrolyzate and a hydrolyzate. 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 1, wherein the compound represented by the above formula (1) is the following formula (2) -128 to 200927727 CH=CH—COOH (式(2)中,R4及R5各自獨立地爲氫原子或1價的有機 基’惟R4及R5中的至少一方具有可被氟原子取代的碳數 〇 1〜20的烷基或可被氟原子取代的碳數3~40的脂環式基之 基’ R4與R5可互相地鍵結形成環) 所表示的化合物或下述式(3)CH=CH—COOH (In the formula (2), R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. However, at least one of R 4 and R 5 has a carbon number of 1 to 20 which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. An alkyl group or a group of a 3 to 40 alicyclic group which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, wherein R 4 and R 5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, or a compound represented by the following formula (3) © (式(3)中,R6爲單鍵或2價的有機基;R7爲氫原子或 1價的有機基;R6與R7可互相地鍵結而形成環,R8爲可 . 被氟原子取代的碳數1〜20的烷基或可被氟原子取代的碳 數3〜4 0的脂環式基) Λ 所表示的化合物。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶配向劑,其中上述 式(S-1)中Χι爲下述式(χι·ι)或(χΐ_2) -129- 200927727 ο© (In the formula (3), R6 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; R7 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R6 and R7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and R8 may be substituted by a fluorine atom. A compound represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 40, which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. 3. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 1, wherein Χι in the above formula (S-1) is the following formula (χι·ι) or (χΐ_2) -129- 200927727 ο (χ1-ι)(χ1-ι) 所表示的基。 Ο 4.如申請專利範圍第1 ~3項中任— ,其係再含有由聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺所成 少1種的聚合物。 5.如申請專利範圍第1~3項中任一 ,其係再含有由下述式(S-2 ) 項之液晶配向劑 的群所選出的至 項之液晶配向劑The base represented. Ο 4. As claimed in paragraphs 1 to 3 of the patent application, it further contains a polymer of one type consisting of polyproline and polyimine. 5. The liquid crystal alignment agent selected from the group of liquid crystal alignment agents of the following formula (S-2), as in any one of claims 1 to 3 of the patent application. -X2 --Si 一 Ο-- -Y2 . $-2) (式(S-2)中,X2爲羥基、鹵素原子、扮 、碳數的烷氧基或碳數6〜20的芳基 數1〜10的烷氧基) 所表示的聚矽氧院、其水解物及水解物的 所選出的至少1種。 6 · —種液晶配向膜的形成方法,宜 塗佈如申請專利範圍第1〜3項中丨壬_胃之 塗膜,對該塗膜照射放射線。 吳數1~20的烷基 ;Y2爲羥基或碳 縮合物所成的群 特徵係於基板上 液晶配向劑形成 -130- 200927727 7. —種液晶顯示元件,其特徵係具備由申請專利範 圍第1〜3項中任一項之液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜。 8 . —種敏輻射線性聚有機矽氧烷,其特徵係使上述 • 式(1)所表示的化合物、與由具有上述式(s—i)所表示 的重複單兀之水有機砂氧院、其水解物及水解物的縮合物 所成的群所選出的至少1種 反應而得到。 〇 9·〜種上述式(1)所表示的化合物。-X2 -Si Ο-- -Y2 . $-2) (In the formula (S-2), X2 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a carbon number alkoxy group or a carbon number 6 to 20 aryl group number 1 At least one selected from the group consisting of a polyoxane represented by the alkoxy group of 1-10, a hydrolyzate thereof, and a hydrolyzate. In the method of forming a liquid crystal alignment film, it is preferable to apply a coating film as in the first to third aspects of the patent application, and to irradiate the coating film with radiation. An alkyl group having a number of 1 to 20; a group characterized by a hydroxyl group or a carbon condensate is formed on a substrate by a liquid crystal alignment agent -130-200927727 7. A liquid crystal display element characterized by a patent application scope A liquid crystal alignment film formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of items 1 to 3. 8. A sensitive radiation linear polyorganosiloxane which is characterized by the compound represented by the above formula (1) and a water organic sand oxide plant having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (s-i) At least one reaction selected from the group consisting of a hydrolyzate and a condensate of a hydrolyzate is obtained. 〇 9·~ The compound represented by the above formula (1). -131 - 200927727 七、指定代表圖: (一) 、本案指定代表圖為:無 (二) 、本代表圖之元件代表符號簡單說明:無-131 - 200927727 VII. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: None (2), the representative symbol of the representative figure is simple: no 八、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學 式:無8. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please reveal the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: none -4--4-
TW097140927A 2007-10-24 2008-10-24 A liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display device TWI458708B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007276189 2007-10-24
JP2007296479 2007-11-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200927727A true TW200927727A (en) 2009-07-01
TWI458708B TWI458708B (en) 2014-11-01

Family

ID=40579632

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097140927A TWI458708B (en) 2007-10-24 2008-10-24 A liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4507024B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101512212B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101821671B (en)
TW (1) TWI458708B (en)
WO (1) WO2009054531A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI392935B (en) * 2009-10-02 2013-04-11 Chi Mei Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5504033B2 (en) * 2010-03-30 2014-05-28 Jx日鉱日石エネルギー株式会社 Friction modifier, lubricating oil additive and lubricating oil composition containing succinimide compound
JP5504037B2 (en) * 2010-04-05 2014-05-28 Jx日鉱日石エネルギー株式会社 Friction modifier, lubricating oil additive and lubricating oil composition containing succinimide compound
JP5504036B2 (en) * 2010-04-05 2014-05-28 Jx日鉱日石エネルギー株式会社 Friction modifier, lubricating oil additive and lubricating oil composition containing succinimide compound
JP5504038B2 (en) * 2010-04-05 2014-05-28 Jx日鉱日石エネルギー株式会社 Friction modifier, lubricating oil additive and lubricating oil composition containing succinimide compound
KR101654019B1 (en) * 2011-08-31 2016-09-05 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid-crystal-display-element manufacturing method
KR101973226B1 (en) * 2011-10-12 2019-04-26 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2013117681A (en) * 2011-12-05 2013-06-13 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent
JP6036253B2 (en) * 2012-02-29 2016-11-30 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR20160029234A (en) 2014-09-04 2016-03-15 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Photo alignment agent, photo alignment film, liquid crystal display device and method of manufacturing the same
KR102227960B1 (en) 2014-10-21 2021-03-15 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Photo alignment agent, photo alignment film, liquid crystal display device and method of manufacturing the same
KR20160085407A (en) 2015-01-07 2016-07-18 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Photo alignment agent, photo alignment layer, liquid crystal display device and method of manufacturing the same
KR102298368B1 (en) 2015-02-09 2021-09-06 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Photo alignment agent, photo alignment layer, liquid crystal display device and method of manufacturing the same
CN107533260B (en) * 2015-03-04 2020-12-25 日产化学工业株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2018163802A1 (en) * 2017-03-07 2018-09-13 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, and polyorganosiloxane

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4731435A (en) * 1986-11-10 1988-03-15 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Elastomers
US4810770A (en) * 1986-11-10 1989-03-07 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Elastomers
DE4416993C2 (en) * 1994-05-13 2002-12-12 Daimler Chrysler Ag Paint that can be thermally influenced
KR0179115B1 (en) * 1995-11-20 1999-05-01 구자홍 Liquid crystal alignment photosensitive material and liquid crystal display device using the same
US6174649B1 (en) * 1997-04-25 2001-01-16 Samsung Display Devices Co., Ltd. Cinnamate-containing photopolymer for orientation film of liquid crystal display (LCD) and method for using the photopolymer to form an orientation film
TWI337679B (en) * 2003-02-04 2011-02-21 Sipix Imaging Inc Novel compositions and assembly process for liquid crystal display
DE102005004706A1 (en) 2005-02-02 2006-08-10 Goldschmidt Gmbh UV-absorbing quaternary polysiloxanes

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI392935B (en) * 2009-10-02 2013-04-11 Chi Mei Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20100085068A (en) 2010-07-28
JPWO2009054531A1 (en) 2011-03-10
CN101821671B (en) 2013-03-27
TWI458708B (en) 2014-11-01
JP4507024B2 (en) 2010-07-21
WO2009054531A1 (en) 2009-04-30
KR101512212B1 (en) 2015-04-14
CN101821671A (en) 2010-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI458708B (en) A liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display device
TWI460509B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
KR101730297B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, process for forming liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display device, and polyorganosiloxane
TWI574089B (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display element
TW200914954A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
KR102018163B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device and menufacturing method thereof
JP5626510B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film forming method, and liquid crystal display element manufacturing method
TWI406931B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film
CN107245340A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
KR101938155B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
TW201617408A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR20110123207A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element, and polyorganosiloxane compound
CN106967445A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN103374353B (en) The manufacture method of crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal orienting film, liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device
CN109423309B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display module
TWI541271B (en) Liquid crystal orientation agent, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal display device
CN107043630B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display assembly
TW201903049A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN109423307B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5041599B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, formation method thereof, liquid crystal display element and optical member
JP2018032029A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and production method of the same
TW201809144A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and method for manufacturing the same
TWI660004B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and method of producing the same, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TW201815966A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and production method thereof, liquid crystal alignment film and production method thereof, and liquid crystal display element and production method thereof
JP6409494B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees